HP MSL6000 Series User Manual

2 31910 -009 HP S tor age W or ks M SL6 000 ser i es tape libr ar y us er guide P art number: 2 31910-009 E ighth edition: F ebruary 2008
Legal and n otice info rmat ion Â© Cop yr ight 2003- 200 7 He wlett-P ackar d Dev elopment Compan y , L .P . Hew lett -P ack ard C ompany mak es no warr anty of any kind w ith regar d to this materi al, inc luding, but not limited to , the implied war rantie s of mer chantab ilit y and fi tness f or a particular purpose . Hewlett-P ack ard shall n ot be liable f or err ors contained he rei n o r for inc idental o r consequenti al damages in connection w ith the furnishing, perf ormance, or u se of this mater ial. This doc ument contains pr oprie tary infor mation , whic h is protec te d by copy right . No part of this documen t may be phot ocopied, repr oduced, or tr anslated into another language without the pr ior wr itten consent of Hew lett -P ack ard . The infor mation is pr ovi d ed â as is â withou t war ranty of any kind and is subj ect to change w ithout notice . The onl y w arranti es for HP produc ts and ser v ices are set f orth in the expr ess warr anty statements accompan ying such produ cts and services . Nothing her ein should be construed as constituting an additi onal war ranty . HP shall not be liable f or technical or edito ri al error s or omissio n s contained her ein. Compaq C omputer Cor poration is a w holly-o wned subsi diary of Hew lett -P ack ard C ompany . Mic roso f tÂ®, W indow sÂ®, Window s NTÂ®, and Window s XPÂ® are U .S . register ed trademar ks of Micr osoft C orpor ation. MSL6 000 seri es tape libr ar y user gui de E ighth editi on (A ugust 200 7) P ar t number : 2 31910 -009 Re gulatory model number : ED1005
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 3 Contents About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Related docu mentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Document conventions and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 HP technical support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 HP-authorized reseller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 Helpful web sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Accessorie s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Ultrium Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Ultrium Tape Cartridge s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 SDLT Tape Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 SDLT Tape Cartridg es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Robotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 Library Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 Factory-Defined Acce ssory PCI Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Embedded Network Stor age Router (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Front Panel Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Multi Unit Library Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Converting a Table top Model to a Rac kmount Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Setting Up the Rackmount Mo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Converting a Rackmo unt Model to a Tabletop Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Applying Power to the Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Cabling for SCSI Config urations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 Supported SCSI Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Two Tape Drive s, Dual Host System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Four Tape Drive s, Dual Host System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3 Library Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Changing Defa ult Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Setting a SCSI ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Setting Up a Reserve d Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Reserved Slot Numbe ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Configuring the Netw ork Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 Co nt en t s
4 4 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Magazine Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Front Panel and Media Se curity Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 GUI Touch S creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Host System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Library Display Screens and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Initialization Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Library Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Technical Support Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Mail Slot Access (L eft-hand Magazines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Magazine Acces s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Move Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 GUI Contra st Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Cartridge Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Online . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9 Menu Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 View System Data A rea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Library Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SCSI Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Network Optio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Library Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 8 Edit Options A rea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 SCSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 0 Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Utilities Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Factory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Security Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Inserting and Removing T ape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Removing Maga zines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Inserting Cartridges into a M agazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Using Mail Slots (Left-hand Mag azines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Labeling Tape Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Ultrium Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 SDLT Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Media Label Identifie rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 5 Remote Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 5 Accessing the R emote Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 0 Using Menu Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Move Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Library Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 SCSI Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Drive Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Changing the Re mote Management Interface Passw ords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 6 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Using the Library Maintenanc e Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Maintaining Tape Cartridg es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2 Ultrium Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 SDLT Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Running a Cleaning Cartridg e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 3 Automatically Running a Cleaning Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Manually Running a Cleaning Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4 Running a Cleaning Cartridge from a Mail Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Running a Cleaning Cartridge from a Tape Cartridge Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Running a Cleaning Cartridge from a Cleaning Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Replacing a Cleaning Cartridge in a Reserve d Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Replacing a Cleaning Cartridge in a Right Mag azine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Replacing a Cleaning Cartridge in a Mail Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Updating Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Checking the Firmware Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Using the Remote Manag ement Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Using HP StorageWorks Library & Tape Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Using a Serial Connectio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Firmware Flashing Pro cedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9 7 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Identifying Platform Pro blems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 01 Performing Error Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 02 Fault Symptom Code s (FSCs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Troubleshooting G eneral Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Using Diagnostic S upport Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 HP StorageWorks Library and Tape Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 MSLUtil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Running Library Diagnostic Test s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 1 A Regulatory compliance no tices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Regulatory compliance identification numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Federal Commu nications Commission notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 FCC rating label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43 Class A equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
6 Class B equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Declaration of Confor mity for products marked with the FCC logo, Unite d States only. . . . . . . 144 Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Canadian notice (Avis Canadien) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Class A equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Class B equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 European Union notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 5 Japanese notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Japanese power cord statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Korean notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Class A equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Class B equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Taiwanese notic es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 BSMI Class A no tice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Taiwan battery re cycle statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 7 Laser compliance notice s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Dutch laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 48 French laser notic e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 48 German laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Italian laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Japanese laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Spanish laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 0 Recycling notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Disposal of waste equipment by us e rs in private household in the European Union . . . . . . . . 15 0 Danish notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Dutch notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Czecholslovakian notic e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Estonian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Finnish notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 French notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 German notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 3 Greek notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Hungarian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 4 Italian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Latvian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5 Lithuanian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 55 Polish notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Portuguese notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 6 Slovakian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 57 Slovenian notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 57 Spanish notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Swedish notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 58 B Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 7 Environmental (All Mod els) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 60 Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Safety and Regulato ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 C Electrostatic Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Grounding Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 D Configuration Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 SCSI Cable Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5 Configuration Example s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 E Optional Fibre Channel Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Host Prerequisi tes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Connectors and Indicato rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 68 Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 68 Serial Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Ethernet Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Fibre Channel Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 9 SCSI VHDCI Connec tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Default Ethernet Setting s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Configuration Example s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Fi g u r e s 1 Library tape drive locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2 HP Ultrium 960 format trademark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3 Library mag azines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 4 Library po wer supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 5 Library rob otics (top cover removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 6 Library co ntroller board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 7 Library co ntroller board connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 8 Library card cages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 9 Library fro nt panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 7 10 Library PTM mou nting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 11 Converting a tabletop model (four-drive model sh own) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 12 Library template (10000 rack enclos ure shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 13 Installing the rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 14 Installing the lib rary (two-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 15 Securing the library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 4 16 Converting a rackmount model (two-drive model sh own). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 17 Applying power to the library (f our-drive rackmounted library shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 18 MSL6030/MSL6026 library SCSI cab le configuration (two tape driv es, dual host sy stem) . . . . 37 19 MSL6060/MSL6052 library SCSI ca b le configuration (four tape driv es, dual host system) . . . . 3 8 20 SCSI optio n selection screen (two -drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 21 Drive 0 bus ID screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 22 SCSI ID confirmation screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
8 23 Drive 0 bus ID data field screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 24 Reserve d slot locations, SDLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 25 Reserve d slot locations, Ultrium (M SL6030) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 26 Reserve d slot locations, low er module, SDLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 27 Reserve d slot locations, low er module, Ultrium (MSL6060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 28 Total res erved slots screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 29 Reserve d slots numeric keypa d screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 30 Total res erved slots confirmation screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 31 IP address determination screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 32 User -specified IP address scree n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 33 Fixed IP address screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 34 Library front pa nel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 9 35 Magazine door mechanical releases (emergency a ccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 36 Library indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 37 Passwo rd levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 2 38 Initialization s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 39 Library status screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 40 Technic al support information scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 41 Mail slot access screen (four-drive mode l shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 42 Magazine access screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 43 Move media screen (two-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 44 Power-dow n confirmation message scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 45 Status s creen (four-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 46 Cartridge map screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 47 Menu screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 0 48 View library options screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 49 View SCSI options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 50 Default view ne twork options screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 51 View library info screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 52 Edit library o ptions screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 53 Edit SCSI options screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 54 Edit netw ork options scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 55 Edit pas swords options scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 56 Maintenance s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 57 Diagno stics screen (four-d rive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 58 Security level screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2 59 Remo ving tape cartridge magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 60 Inserting a tape cartridge (left-hand magazine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 61 Left-hand ma gazine mail slot (two-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 62 Attaching a bar code label to an Ultrium ta pe cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 63 Prope r Ultrium bar code label placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 64 Attach ing a bar code label to an SDLT tape cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 65 Remo te Management Interface login screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 66 Remo te Management Interface main scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 67 Status s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 68 Move media screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 69 Setup s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 9 70 Library config uration screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 71 SCSI co nfiguration screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 72 Drive co nfiguration screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 73 Functions screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 7 74 History screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 75 SDLT buc kle leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 76 Updating firmware using th e Remote Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 77 Copying firmwa re using the Remote Manageme nt Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 78 Confirming the Flash operation using the Remote Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 79 Troubles hooting flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 80 MSL60 30/MSL6026, 2 hos ts/2 drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 81 Single MSL 6060/MSL6052, 4 hosts/4 drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 82 Connec tors and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 83 MSL60 30/MSL6026 standalon e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 0 84 MSL60 60/MSL6052 standalon e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1 Ta b l e s 1 Document conventio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2 Ultrium Tape Drive Capacity and Data Transfer Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3 SDLT Tape Drive Capacity and Data Transfer Ra te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 4 Library Status LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 5 View Library Optio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 6 View SCSI Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 7 View Netw ork Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 8 Media Label Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 9 Maintenance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 10 Fault Symptom Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 11 Troubleshooting Gene ral Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 12 Library Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 13 Power Specificatio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 14 Rackmount Model Mechanical Sp ecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 15 Operating Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 16 Packed or Unpacked Env ironmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 17 Transit -- Short Term Environmen tal Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 60 18 Acoustic Noise Declared per ISO 9296 and ISO 7779 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 19 Schallemis sionswerte - Wertea ngaben nach ISO 9296 und ISO 7779/DIN 27779 . . . . 161 20 Regulatory and Product Safety C ertifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
10
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 11 A bout this gui de This g uide pr ov id es in f orma tion abou t: â¢ Becoming familiar w ith libr ary components. â¢ Installing the libr ar y . â¢ Conf iguring the libr ar y . â¢ Operating the fr ont panel. â¢ Using the r emote management int er f ace. â¢ P erforming maint enance pr ocedur es. â¢ T r oubleshooting the library . R elated doc umen tati on In addition to this gui de, pleas e r efer to other doc uments for this pr oduct: â¢ HP Stor age W orks MSL Ser ies P ass-T hrough Mechanism R efer ence Guide â¢ HP Stor ag e W orks Network S tor ag e R outer User Guide The se and other HP d oc uments can be found on an HP we b site: http://ww w .docs.hp .com .
12 Doc ument con ve nti ons and s ymbols WA R N I N G ! Indicat es that failur e to follo w direc tions could r esult in bodily har m or death . CAUT ION: Indi cates that failur e to follo w dir ections could r esult in damage to equipment or data . IMP OR T ANT : Pr ov ides clar if y ing infor mation or spec ifi c instruc tions. NO TE: Pro vides additi onal infor mation. TI P: Pr o v ides help ful hin ts and shortc uts. T able 1 Document con venti ons Convention Element Medium blue te xt: Fi g u re 1 Cr oss-r efer ence links and e -mail a ddr esses Medium blue , underlined te xt ( htt p: //www .hp .co m ) W e b site addresse s Bold fo nt â¢ Key n a m e s â¢ T ext ty ped into a GUI element, suc h as into a bo x â¢ G UI elements that ar e clic ked or selected , such as menu and list items, buttons , and check bo x es Itali cs font Te x t e m p h a s i s Monospace font â¢ F ile and dir ectory names â¢ Syst e m o u t p ut â¢ Code â¢ T ext ty ped at the command-line Monospace, italic font â¢ Code variab les â¢ C ommand-line var iables Monospace, bold font Emphasi s of file and direc tory names, sy stem output, code , and text ty ped at the command-line !
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 13 HP tec hnical su pport T elephone numbers for w orld w ide techni ca l support ar e lis ted on the HP w e b site: http://www .hp .com/suppor t/ . Collec t the follo w ing infor mation bef or e calling: â¢ T echni cal support regis tr ation number (if appli cable) â¢ Pr oduct s er ial number s â¢ Pr oduct model names and numbe rs â¢ Applicable er ro r message s â¢ Operating s ys tem type and r ev i si on le vel â¢ D etailed , specifi c questi ons F or continuous quality impr ov ement , calls may be r ecorded or monitor ed. HP str ongly r ecommends that cu stomers sign-up onli ne using the Subsc riber's c hoice w eb site at http://www .hp .com/go/e -updates . â¢ Subsc ribing t o this servi ce pro vi des y ou with e -mail update s on the latest pr oduct enhancements, ne west v ersi ons of dr iv ers , and f irm war e doc umentation updates as w ell as instant acce ss to nu m e rou s o th e r pro d u ct res o urc e s. â¢ After signing-up , you can qui ckly locate y our pr oducts b y selecting Busin ess support, and then Storage under Pr oduct Category . HP -author i z ed re seller F or the name of y our near est HP -author i ze d r eseller : â¢ In the United St ates, call 1-8 00 - 3 4 5-1518. â¢ Elsew here , v isit http://www .hp. com and cli ck Contac t HP to f ind locat ion s and t elephone num bers. Helpful w eb sites F or pr oduct inf ormatio n, s e e the f ollow ing web sit es: â¢ http://ww w .hp. com â¢ http://www .hp.com/go/s torage â¢ http://ww w .hp.com/support/ â¢ http://www .docs.hp .com â¢ http://www .hp.com/go/eb s
14
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 15 1I n t r o d u c t i o n Designed f or back up operations w ith high-end netw orks and high-perf ormance s ervers , the HP Stor age W orks MSL 6 0 00 Ser ies tape librar ies are the ne xt generati on p erf ormer s in high-volume back up and ar chi val servi ce. T he librar ies also f eature hi gh av ailability , max imum stor age density , and eas y servi ceability . The libr ar y S CSI inte rface -to -host s ystem su pports Lo w V oltage Differ ential (L VD) . The tape dr i ve s and the r obotics contr ol func tions each us e separ ate SCS I connections and S CSI ID addr esses . Libr ar y S CSI I/O is pr ov ided thr ough two VHDCI-ser ies , 68-p in , Mic r o -D S CS I connectors located at the r ea r o f the unit on each tape dr i ve. R obotics S CSI I/O is pr ov ided through tw o VHDCI-ser ies, 6 8-pin, Mic ro-D SCS I connectors locat e d on the libr ar y contr oller board . The r emainder of this chapt er desc ribes the major components o f the library , including: â¢ Models , page 15 â¢ Acc essories , page 16 â¢ Ta p e D r i v e s , page 16 â¢ Magazines , page 21 â¢ P ow er Supplie s , page 2 2 â¢ Ro b ot ic s , page 2 3 â¢ Libr ar y C ontr oller Board , page 2 3 â¢ Fac tor y-Def ined Accesso ry PCI Slots , page 2 5 â¢ Fro n t P a n e l I n d ic a t o rs , page 2 6 â¢ Multi Unit Libr ary Sy stems , page 2 7 Models T he M SL Se r ies ta pe libr ary fami ly inc ludes t he f ollo w ing models: â¢ T wo- dr iv e models: â¢ MS L 6030 â¢M S L 6 0 2 6 â¢ Fo u r - d ri ve m o d e l s : â¢ MS L 6060 â¢M S L 6 0 5 2 NO TE: MSL60 30/MSL6060 libr ari es oper ate with Ultr ium L T O dri ve technolog y; MSL6 02 6/M SL60 5 2 librar ies oper ate w ith SD L T dr iv e technolog y .
Introduction 16 NO TE: T wo -dr iv e models ar e 8.7 5 in (2 2 .2 3 cm) in height , sometimes r efer red to as 5U . F our-dr iv e models ar e 17 . 50 in (4 4.4 5 cm) in he ight , sometimes r ef err ed to as 10U. An y MSL Ser ies tape libr ary can oper ate as a standalone unit or can be installed in a r ack to f orm a lar g er inte gr a ted multi unit libr ar y conf igurati on. MSL6 030/M SL60 2 6 libr ari es contain up to two tape dr iv es, two r emov able tape cartridge maga zines, and r obotics capable of r andom or sequenti al tape car tr idge oper ation. M SL6060/M SL60 5 2 librar ies contain up t o f our tape dr i ves, fo ur r emov able tape cartri dge maga zines, and r obotics capable of r andom tape cartridge operati on. NO TE: Thr oughout this manual, M SL60 30/MSL6 02 6 libr aries w ill be r eferr ed to as two -dr iv e models. M S L6 060/M S L6 05 2 librar ies w ill be r efer red to as f our -dri ve models . Acc essories Contac t your author iz ed servi ce pr ov ider or v isit the HP w ebsite at ht tp://www . hp . com/go/a utom ation fo r the most c urr ent list of acces sor ies that ar e av ailable for an M SL Ser ies library . Ta p e D r i v e s MSL Ser ies tape libr arie s support up to four tape dr i ve s (see Fi g u r e 1 ). SC SI I/O is accom plished thr ough two VHDCI-serie s, 6 8 -pin , Mic r o -D S CSI connec tors located at the r ear of the library on each ta pe dri ve . T he dri ve s ar e number ed beginning w ith 0: the first tape dr iv e is Dr iv e 0, the second is Dr iv e 1, etc.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 17 Fig ur e 1 L ibrary tape dri ve locati ons CAUT ION: It is c ritical t o ensur e that the media y ou use matc hes the for mat of your t ape dri ve . Cleaning cartr idge s and for m atted data cartr idges ar e unique f or each dri ve tec hnology . Damage may occur if ina ppr opriat e media is used in t ape dri ves . NO TE: If using mix ed media, ensur e your so ft w ar e appli cation supports it. NO TE: S DL T 6 00, Ultrium 18 40, Ultr ium 9 60, and Ultr ium 46 0 tape dri ves do not off er hot -plug capabilit y . Ultrium T ape Dr iv es The Ultr ium tape dri ve is a high-perf ormance str eaming tape dri ve that uses L inear T ape - Open (L T O) tec hnology . An Ultr ium 460 t ape dr iv e is capa ble of stor ing up to 200 GB (nati ve) or 400 GB ( 2:1 compr ession) of data per cartr idge . An Ultrium 9 60 tape dr iv e is capable o f stor ing up to 400 GB (nati ve) or 800 GB ( 2:1 compr essio n) of data per cartri dge. An U ltr ium 184 0 ta pe dr i ve is capable of stor ing up to 800 GB (nati ve) or 1600 GB (2 :1 compr essi on) of data per car tr idge . Access the HP Stor age W orks Ultr ium T ape Dri ve Us erâs Guide fr om http: //www .hp .com /su ppo rt for mo r e infor mation about its featur es and capabilities . 1 Tap e D r i ve 0 2 Tap e D r i ve 1 3 T ape Dri ve 2 4 T ape Dri ve 3
Introduction 18 T able 2 Ultrium T ape Dr iv e Capac ity and Data T ransfe r Rate Ultr ium T ape C artridge s NO TE: In addition to the inf ormation pr ov ided in this manual , ref er to the doc umentation pr ov ided w ith yo ur media f or mor e infor mation . Also see â Maintaining T ape Car tr idges â on pag e 9 2. CAUT ION: HP Ultr ium tape dri ve s r equire spec ial cleaning cartri dges a nd data cartri dges fo rmatted spec ificall y for HP Ultr ium. T o av oid damage to y our ta pe dri ve , it is c r itical to us e appr opri ate cleaning cartr idges, and pr operl y fo rmatted data cartr idges. Appr ov ed media w ill hav e the Ultr ium for mat tr ademark w hich indicates that the medi a has passed Ultr ium format com p li ance testing (see Fi g u re 2 for an e xample of the Ultr ium 3 format tr ademark). Fig ur e 2 HP Ultr ium 9 60 for m at tr ademark F or best r esults, al wa ys u se HP br a nded medi a . F or data and cleaning cartri dges for y our tape libr ary , see ww w .hp .com/go/media CAUT ION: Do not bulk er ase Ultr ium f ormatted car tr idges. T his will des tr oy pr e -recor ded servo infor mation and mak e the cartr idge unu sable . Drive Mod el Data Capacit y Sustained Data T ransfer Rate Ultr ium 46 0 200 GB (nati ve) 400 GB (compr essed) 30 MB/s ec (216 GB/hour ) 60 MB/s ec ( 4 3 2 GB/hour ) Ultrium 9 60 400 GB (nativ e) 800 GB (compr essed) 80 MB/sec (5 7 6 GB/hour ) 160 MB/sec (115 2 GB/hour) Ul triu m 1 840 800 GB (n at i ve) 1600 GB (compr essed) 120 MB/sec (8 64 GB/hour) 2 40 MB/sec (17 28 GB/hour ) NO TE: Compre ssed capac ity as sumes a 2 : 1 compr ession r atio .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 19 Mak e it a practi ce to visuall y inspect y our tape cartr idges w h en loading or r emo ving them fr om your tape libr ar y . T aking a few minut es to c heck the conditi on of your cartr idges w ill low er the risk of r ep eated f ailures and help ensur e uninterrupte d back up . CAUT ION: A lwa ys discar d damaged tape cartri dges . If a defec tiv e tape cartr idge is loaded into a tape dr i ve , it may in tur n damage the dr iv e, pot entially r equir ing dri ve r eplacement . NO TE: For inf ormation on labeling t ape cartri dges, see â L abeling T ape Cartri dges â on page 7 5. SDL T T ape Dr i ve s NO TE: In addition to the inf ormation pr ov ided in this manual , ref er to the doc umentation pr ov ided w ith y our me di a f or more inf ormation . Also see Chapter 7 , â T rouble shooting â beginning on page 101. The SDL T tape dr iv e is a high-capac it y , high-perf ormance s tr eaming tape dri ve that uses L aser G ui de d M ag n et ic Re co rd in g ( L GM R ) t e ch no lo gy to ma x imiz e the amount of data that can be st ored on a tape . An SDL T 3 20 tape dr iv e is capable of stor ing up t o 16 0 GB (nativ e) or 3 20 GB (2 :1 compr ession) of data per cartr idge. A n SD L T 60 0 tape dr iv e is capable of stor ing up to 300 GB (nati ve) or 60 0 GB (2 :1 compres sion) of data per cartr idge . Access the HP St orage W orks SDL T T ape Dr iv e Ref er ence Guide fr o m http: //www .hp .com /su ppo rt for mo r e i nfo rma tio n ab out it s fe at ures and capabilit ies . T able 3 S DL T T ape Dri ve C apacity and Data T ransf er Rat e Drive Mod el Data Capacit y Sustained Data T ransfer Rate SDL T 160/3 20 160 GB (nati ve) 3 20 GB (compr essed) 16 MB/s ec (115 .2 GB/hour ) 3 2 MB /sec ( 2 30.4 GB/hour) SD L T 300/ 600 300 GB (na tive) 600 GB (compr ess e d) 3 6 MB/sec ( 2 5 9 .2 GB/hou r ) 7 2 MB/sec (518 .4 GB/hour ) NO TE: Compre ssed capac ity as sumes a 2 : 1 compr ession r atio .
Introduction 20 SDL T T ape Cart r idges NO TE: In addition to the inf ormation pr ov ided in this manual , ref er to the doc umentation pr ov ided w ith yo ur medi a for mor e infor mati on . CAUT ION: SDL T tape dr iv es req uire spec ial cleaning cartri dges and data cartridge s f ormatted spec ifi cally f or SDL T . T o av oid damage to y our tape dri ve , it is cr itical to us e appr opriat e c leaning cartridge s, and properl y formatted data cartri dges. Mak e it a practi ce to visuall y inspect y our tape cartr idges w h en loading or r emo ving them fr om your tape libr ar y . T aking a few minu tes to c heck the condition of y our cartridges w ill lo we r the risk of r ep eated f ailures and help ensur e uninterrupte d back up . CAUT ION: A lwa ys discar d damaged tape cartri dges . If a defec tiv e tape cartr idge is loaded into a tape dr i ve , it may in tur n damage the dr iv e, pot entially r equir ing dri ve r eplacement . NO TE: For inf ormation on labeling t ape cartri dges, see â L abeling T ape Cartri dges â on page 7 5.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 21 Maga zines MSL Ser ies tape libr ari es contain tw o or four r emov able tape cartri dge magazines that ar e accessible thr ough the fr ont doors (see Fi g u re 3 ). Fig ur e 3 L ibrary magazine s Looking fr om the fr ont of the library , each left tape maga zine inc ludes a mail slot , whi ch is acc essible when tha t mag azine do or is o pen. When this m ail s lot piv o ts forward, y o u can inser t or r emov e a single ta pe w ithout hav ing to unlock , remo ve , and r einv entory the magazine . If a full tape cartridge maga zine is r e quir ed, the libr ary can be r econfigur ed to r ecogni z e each mail slot as a standar d data slot. T he right t ape magazine contains f ix ed car tr idge slots (no mail slot fe ature), so it r etains its full capac it y at all times . NO TE: The slots and mail slots are number ed beginning with 0 : t h e f i rs t s l o t i s S l o t 0 , t h e s e c o n d i s Slot 1, etc. SDL T maga zine max imum capac ity is 2 6 slots; L T O maga zine max imum capac ity is 30 slots. 1 L eft Magazine(s) , w ith integrated mail slot 2 R ight Maga zine(s) 1 2 1 2 2 1
Introduction 22 P o w er Su pplie s MSL Ser ies tape libr ari es support one or two po w er supplie s depending upon the model (see Fi g u re 4 ) . T h e se aut o -r anging po wer suppli es are capa ble of using an y nominal A C vo ltage between 100 V A C and 2 40 V A C po w er , at 5 0 Hz or 60 Hz . P o w er to the library is supplied thr ough A C connectors at the re ar panel of each po wer suppl y r ecei ve r . L ibrary po wer is normall y controlled f rom the gr aphi cal us er interf ace (GUI) touc h scr e en; ho we v er , a manual po wer disconnec t sw itch is located at the r ear of each po wer su pply . CAUT ION: T he pow er suppl y is gener ally not to be r emo ved b y the oper ator . Ha z ardou s voltage is pr esent in the cav it y if the po wer cor d is not r emo ved . If a faulty pow er suppl y ex ists, contac t your author i zed serv ice pr ov ider . F or the four -dri ve models , t w o pow er supplies ar e supported to pro vi d e r edundancy for mis sion cr itical oper ations . Both po w er supplies shar e th e load under normal operating conditi ons, but if one of the pow er suppli es f ails, the r emaining po wer suppl y assumes the full load (s ee Fi g u re 4 on page 2 2) . F or the two -dr i ve models, onl y one pow er supply is supported. Fig ur e 4 L ibrary pow er supplie s NO TE: For the f our -dri ve models, the le ft A C po w er r eceptacle is f or the bottom po wer suppl y . The r ight A C pow er r eceptacle is f or the top po w er suppl y . 1 Pow e r Sw i t c h 2 Pow e r S u p p l y 3 AC Pow e r C o rd ( s )
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 23 Ro b o t ic s MSL Ser ies tape libr ar y r obotics consist of a cartri dge shuttle, motor har dwar e , motor dr iv es, and other support electroni cs (see Fi g u re 5 ) . T he four -dri v e models a lso co ntain a v ertical ax is mechanism that enable s the ro botics t o tra vel betw een the upper and lo wer ta pe cartridge magazine s. Thes e roboti cs are capable of pic king and plac ing tapes thr oughout a 180 -degr ee arc that consists of the tape dr iv es, t ape cartri dge maga zines, and an optional P ass- Thr ough Mechanism (P TM) . The cartri dge shuttle ass embly inc ludes a mou n ted bar code r eader for scanning labeled ta pe cartridge s installed in the magazines and ta pe dr iv es. NO TE: Both full bar code re ader scan and ph ysical scan ar e conducted eac h time the library is initiall y pow ered up , or each time a tape maga zine is accessed using normal oper ational modes . In fo ur -dri ve models, the r obotic -PTM interf ace is at the low er vertical ax is PTM ele vator positi on only . Fig ur e 5 L i br ar y r obotics (top co ver r emov ed) L ibr ar y Co ntr oller Boar d The libr ary contr oller board cont a ins a single mi cr oprocess or and assoc iated logic de vi ces to contr ol all roboti cs oper ations and manage ov erall libr ary functions . The micr oprocess or enables the S CSI interf ace bet w een the library and the host s yst em. The libr ar y contr oller boar d is installed in a car d cage at the r ear of the libr ary . In four -dri ve models , the library contr oller boar d can be serviced w ith a #1 Phillips sc r ewdr i ve r (see Fig u re 6 ). I f a r ep lacement contr oller boar d is needed , contact y our authori z ed ser v ice pro vi d er . Step-b y-step SHR-9014
Introduction 24 pr ocedures w ill be included w ith the replacement . In two -dr iv e models, the libr ary control ler boar d cannot be r emoved . . Fig ur e 6 L ibrary contro ller boar d NO TE: The library contr oller boar d is not r emov able in tw o -dr i ve libr ari es. 1 L ibrary Contr oller Bo ar d 2 F actor y-Defined A ccessor y PCI Slots (up to 5)
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 25 NO TE: For M SL Seri es librar ies, the library contr oller boar d must be installed in the r ight-hand slot of the car d c age ar e a (upper car d cage area f or the four -dri ve models). The r emaining s lots on the libr ary do not support the connecti ons that a r e re q uir ed f or the library contr oller board to oper ate corr ectly . . Fig ur e 7 L i br ar y contr oller boar d connecti ons NO TE: The mode toggle sw itch is n ot activ e. F actory-Def ined Acce ss ory PCI Slots MSL Ser ies tape libr ari es contain one or two r ear-acces s car d cages, and one or two 3 2 -bit , 3 3-MHz Compact P C I bac kplanes (see Fig u re 8 ) . T hese backplanes contain the plug-in connector s fo r a library contr oller board , and up to fi ve optional HP -defined P CI add-in cards . CAUT ION: U se of non -HP qualif ied P CI option car ds can damage yo ur MSL S er ies l ibrary and w ill v oi d pr oduct w arranty . F ollo w all oper ating instruc tions shipped w ith the optional car d upgrade kit . 1 S CS I VHDCI connector 2 S CS I VHDCI connector 3 Mo de tog gle s witc h 4 Ether net RJ- 45 connec tor 5 S erial R S 2 3 2 connector
Introduction 26 NO TE: The library contr oller board m ust be install ed in the ri ght slot of the car d cage area (upper card cage ar ea for the four -dri ve models). Fig ur e 8 Li bra r y c ard c a g es Embedded Networ k Stor age R outer (Optio nal) Some libr ary models ship with an opti onal embedded Net w ork St orage R outer in the sl ot ne xt to the library contr oller boar d . This boar d pro v ides bi direc tional connecti v ity in a Fi bre C hannel Sw itched F abri c suppor ting F ibr e Channe l and SC SI de v ice s. See â Opti onal F ibr e Chan nel C ard â on page 16 7 for additi onal infor mation on confi guring and using the optional F i br e Channel boar d . F r ont P anel Indi cators The l ibrary f r ont panel indicato r s consist of the fo llo w ing: â¢ Vie w ing w indo wâLets y ou visuall y check the inter nal operati ons of the libr ar y . â¢ GUI touch scr e enâManually oper ated to set up and configur e the library . â¢ Libr ar y st atus LEDâDispla ys the libr ary operational s tatus of the library . 1 L ibrary Contr oller Bo ar d 2 Opti onal Emb edded F ibre C hannel Board 3 F actor y-Defined A ccessor y PCI Slot s (up to 5)
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 27 Fig ur e 9 L i br ar y fr ont panel Multi Unit L ibr ar y S ys tems MSL Ser ies tape libr ari es can be st ack ed in a scalable combinatio n w ith additional tw o -dri ve and fo ur -dri ve models to f orm a multi unit libr ar y conf igur ation . Thr ough use of a r ear-mounted P ass- Thr ough Mechanism (PTM), all lib r ari es in a multi unit libr ar y conf igur ation can oper ate together as a single v ir tual libr ar y s ystem . Stac ke d libr ari es ar e inter connected thr ough their r ear panel Ethernet connec tions to a supplied LAN hub that mounts to the rac k enclosur e. The LAN hub also pr ov ides a w ide ar ea networ k (W AN) connect or when libr arie s are combined in t heir max imum stack e d he ight . A m a ximu m of fo ur fo ur- drive m o de ls or eig ht t wo - dri ve models can be connected together in this manner . An y combination o f libr ar ies , not ex ceed ing 4 0 Units ( 40U) in to tal stac ked hei ght, can also be used . A multi unit library configur ation appear s as a single libr ary to the host computer s yste m and applicati on softwar e. F or multi unit appli cations , the top library becomes the master unit and all other libr arie s ar e slav e units. WA R N I N G ! The P TM continues to f unction eac h time a slav e library is ph ysicall y remo ve d fr om the r ack enclosur e configur ation dur i ng nor mal library operati on. Re fer to the HP Stor age W orks MSL Ser ies P ass- Thr ough Mechanism R efe rence Gui de f or detailed installati on, conf igur ation, and oper ation inf ormatio n . The libr ary r obotics can pi ck and place tape cartri dges into a mo vable ele vator that encompass es the full length o f the PTM. In this manner , indiv idual tapes can be pas sed up or dow n bet w een the libr ari es contained in the multi unit libr a ry confi g urati on under the master libr ar y contr ol. R obotics 1 Vie wi ng Wi ndow 2 GUI T ouch Scr een 3 L ibrary Status LED 2 3 1
Introduction 28 access to the PTM is located at the r ear of the library beneath the PTM co v er (see F igur e 10 on page 2 8) . Fig ur e 10 Libr ar y PTM mounting locati on 1 P TM Interface C onnecto r 2 P TM Mounting Cov er (r emov al req u ir ed for P TM installati on)
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 29 2 Inst a llati on This chapt er e xplains how to ins tall an HP S torage W orks M SL Seri es tape libr ar y . Sec tions in this cha pt er in clu de : â¢ Con verting a T abletop Model to a Rac kmount Model , page 29 â¢ Setting Up the Rac kmount Model , page 30 â¢ Con verting a Rackmount Model to a T abletop Model , page 3 4 â¢ Apply ing P o wer to the L ibrary , page 3 5 â¢ Cabling f or SC SI C onfi gur ations , page 3 6 NO TE: Be sure to k eep and stor e all shipping mater ials f r om your M SL Seri es tape library for potential f uture us e . C on v er ting a T abletop Model t o a R ackmount Mode l T o make a tablet op libr ar y r eady f or r ack enc losur e installation: 1. Re mov e the ru bber feet . 2. Re move th e c over . 3. Attach the inner r ails to the libr ar y using the suppli ed Allen wr ench and sc re ws . Ti ghten the sc re ws until sn ug.
Installation 30 Fig ur e 11 Conv erting a tabletop model (four -dr iv e model show n) Setting Up the R ac kmount Model WA R N I N G ! T o redu ce the risk o f pers onal injury or damage to the equipm ent, be sur e that: â¢ The le veling j acks ar e exte nded to the floor . â¢ The full w eigh t of the r ack r ests on the lev eling jac ks. â¢ In single rac k inst allations , the sta bi li zing feet ar e atta c hed to the rac k. â¢ In multiple r ack inst allations , the r acks ar e coupled. â¢ Only one r ack component is e xtended at an y time . A rac k may become unsta ble if mor e than one rac k component is e xtended for any r eason. Setting up the r ackmount model requ ir es a template , rack enclo s ur e slide r ails, and two people or a mechani cal lif t to ph ysi cally install the libr ar y in a r ack encl osur e. T o set up the r ackmount model: 1. Use the t emplate that shipped w ith the library to mark the location o f the mounting har dw are on the mounting rails o f the r ack enc l o sur e (see F igur e 12 ). T he black dots along the sides of the template in dicate the top of a U.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 31 Fig ur e 12 Libr ar y t emplate (10000 r ack enclosur e sho w n) NO TE: For HP r ack s ys tem/e and AlphaServer H9A r ack enc losur es, r efer to the appropr iate r ack r ail adapter kit. 2. Remo ve the template and then attach th e r ails using the suppli ed f astener s (see Fi g u re 1 2 ). T he fr ont r ail br ack ets ar e threaded to dir ectly accept scr e ws . The r ear brac k ets are not thr eaded and r equir e cage/clip n uts in the r ack enc losur e rear v ertical r ails. NO TE: Re fer to th e Compaq R ack Pr oducts R efer ence Guide f or detailed cage nut installati on instruc tions on 10 000 r a c ks. NO TE: Full y tighten the fr ont r ail scr ew s. Lea v e the r e ar rai l screws â fi n ge r ti gh tâ t o p reve nt b in d in g when mounting the libr ar y . a. F ully e xtend the slide r ails X on both sides o f the rac k enclosur e until the y lock . b. Slide the inner guid e r ail Y as far as pos sible to the f ront of the r ail as sembly .
Installation 32 Fig ur e 13 Installing the r ails 3. Install the two sli de -on clip nu ts (pr ev iously mar k ed using the template , t w o holes abov e the top br a c ket sc re w holes) on e ac h of the fr ont r a c k enclo sur e vertical r ails ( Fig u re 1 3 ). WA R N I N G ! T w o people should perfor m the ne xt step . Mak e cer tain , when the libr ar y is full y e x tended , that a for ce of 20% of the r ack enc losur eâs w eight , but not more than 5 7 pounds (2 6 k g) , applied in an y direc tion other than upw ards , does not cause the r ack enc losur e to ov erbalance . CAUT ION: T he library is heav ier to war d the tape dr i ve end (rear ) . 4. Using tw o people , lift the library and visuall y align the inner and intermediate sli de rails. 5. Care full y insert the libraryâs inner slide r ails Z into the e xtended inter mediate slide r ails Y (see Fi g u re 1 4 ). 6. Slide the library into the rac k enclosur e until the rail locks ar e engaged . WA R N I N G ! A r ack e nclo s ur e might become unstable if mo re than one library is e xtended for an y r eason. Extend onl y one library at a time. 7. P ush in on the r ail locks to r elease the libr ar y and slide the libr ar y completel y into the rac k enclo sur e . 8. F ully tighte n the rear r ail scr ew s. 1 2
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 33 Fig ur e 14 Installing the libr ary (t w o -dri ve model sho wn) 9. Re mov e the tape to ope n the doors f or installation . 10. Re mov e and discar d the pull- tabs u sed to block the latc h mechanism . NO TE: D o not close the doors. Y ou must hav e acc ess to the retaining sc re ws to comp lete the installation . (If necessary , see Chapte r 4, â Oper ati on â on page 4 9 for inf ormati on on ho w to manuall y open the libr ar y doors .) 11. With the doors open , secur e the fr ont panel to the rac k enclosur e using the r etaining sc r ew s (see Fi g u re 1 5 ). 12. Clos e the doors. Y ou can now cable the libr ar y .
Installation 34 Fig ur e 15 Secur ing the library NO TE: T wo -dr iv e librar ies r equire f our r etaining scr ews; f our -dri ve libr ari es r equire two r etaining scr ews. Co n verting a R ackmount Model to a T abletop Model Con verting to a tablet op model r equires a tabl etop conv ersion kit and tw o people or a mechanical lift to phy sicall y install the libr a ry into the tabletop bas e . T o make a tw o -dri ve libr ar y r eady f or tabletop u se: 1. P ositi on the table top base at the desir ed installation locati on . 2. Lift the libr a ry and place it on the base . 3. P lace the top co ver o ver the libr ar y and slide the loc king tabs into the slots in the base . 4. Slide the co ver f orward int o place . 5. Tighten the tw o thumb scr e ws at the back o f the libr ary to lock the tw o parts together . 6. Tighten the f our rac k mount f asteners at the fr ont of the library to sec ure it in the case . 1 L eft Retaining Scr ew 2 R ight R etaining Scr ew
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 35 Fig ur e 16 Con verting a r ackmoun t model (tw o -dr iv e model show n) Appl y ing P o w er to the L ibr ar y T o apply po wer to the libr ar y (see F igure 17 ): 1. Connec t ea c h supplied po we r cor d X to each po wer supply r eceptacle . NO TE: For f our-dr iv e models only , the le f t-hand A C pow er receptac le is for the bottom po wer suppl y . The r ight-hand A C r eceptacl e is f or the top po wer suppl y . 2. T oggle each po wer s wi tc h Y on.
Installation 36 NO TE: Y ou can remo ve the appliquÃ© fr om the GUI touch sc reen b y catching one corner and car efull y lifting it . 3. W ait f or po we r to come on and gr aphi cal us er inter face (GUI) touc h scr een Z to activate the displa y . Fig ur e 17 Apply ing pow er to the libr ar y (f our -dri ve r ackmounted libr ary show n) Cabl in g for S CSI Co nfigu r a tion s This s e ct ion desc ribes supported S CSI cable conf igurati ons for the libr ar y . The f ollo w ing SC SI confi gurati ons ar e detailed in this section: â¢ T wo t ape dri v es , dual host s yst em (MSL60 30/M SL60 2 6) â¢ F our tape dri ves, dual ho st sy stem (MSL6 060/MSL6 05 2) NO TE: MSL Seri es librar ies support SC SI cable conf igur ation for one to f our hosts and one to four tape dr iv es. Contac t your author i z ed r eseller f or a list of supported configur ations . NO TE: Host cables ar e not supplied w ith the MSL Ser ies libr ar y . 1
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 37 See Appendi x D , â Conf igur ation Ex amples â beginning on page 16 5 for a complete lis ting of poten tial c onfiguration s. Supported S CS I Cables NO TE: For optim um per f ormance , a max imum of one tape dr i ve per S CSI bus is re commended for Ultr ium 460, Ultr ium 9 60, and Ultr ium 1840 tape dr iv es. E ach of the tape dr i ve s and the libr ar y contr oller constitute an indepe ndent S CSI tar get . When any two or mor e dev ices ar e connected to the same S CSI bu s, eac h separate S CS I dev ice mu st be assigned a unique S CSI ID . Fo r infor m atio n on assigning S CSI IDs, see Chapter 3, â Libr ary Configu ration â on page 3 9. NO TE: SCS I IDs are set at the fac tor y . If y ou want to c hange an y of the fir mw are def aults, y ou can do so using the GUI touc h scr een. T o connect a library to a host s yst em, the host s yst em must ha ve at least one Wi de L VD contro ller and the appr opriat e dr iv er softwar e. T w o T ape Dr iv es , Dual Host S y stem Fi g u re 1 8 show s a t y pi cal SC SI cable conf igurati on for a libr ary with two ta pe dr i ves installed using a dual host s ys tem. Fig ur e 18 MSL60 30/MSL6 02 6 library S CS I cable configur ation (two tape dr iv es, dual host s ys tem) 1 SCSI Ter mi na t or 2 0. 5 m cable (to libr ar y contr oller car d) 3 Ho st cable (Bus 1, to host s ystem) 4 Ho st cable (Bus 0, to host s ystem)
Installation 38 F our T ape Dr i ves , Dual Host S ys tem Fi g u re 1 9 show s a t y pical S CSI cable conf igurati on for a libr ar y w ith four tape dr iv es installed using a dual host s ys tem. Fig ur e 1 9 M SL6060/M SL60 5 2 library S CSI cable conf igur ation (f our tape dr iv es, dual hos t sy stem) NO TE: D ais y-chaining Ultr ium 184 0, 9 60 and 46 0 dr i ve s is not recommended due t o degr aded perfor mance . CAUT ION: Us e the 19 .8-inc h (0.5m) ca ble Y to connect the tape dri ve and the library controller boar d. 1 SCSI Ter mi na t or 2 0. 5 m cable (to libr ar y contr oller car d) 3 Host cab le (Bu s 1, to host system) 4 Ho st cable (Bus 3, to host sy stem) 5 Host cabl e (Bus 2 , to host system) 6 Ho st cable (Bus 0, to host sy stem) 2 1 6 5 4 1 1 1 3
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 39 3 L ibr ar y C onf igur atio n This c hapter explains ho w to configur e an HP Stor age W orks MSL Ser ies tape library f or normal oper ation . Secti ons in this chapte r include: â¢ Changing Default C onfigur ation Setting s , page 3 9 â¢ Sett ing a SC SI ID , page 3 9 â¢ Setting Up a Res erved Sl ot , page 41 â¢ Configur ing the Network Settings , page 4 7 Changing De fault C onf igur atio n Settings F or most appli cations, y ou do not hav e to change the def ault settings; ho wev er , if y ou do need to change a conf igurati on setting, u se the pr ocedures pr o vided in the f ollow ing secti ons. If y ou ar e uncertain whether y ou need to c hange a setting, contac t y our author i zed s er v ice pr ov ider . Conf igur ation settings that might need to be c h anged inc lude: â¢ Sett ing a SC SI ID , page 3 9 â¢ Setting Up a Res erved Sl ot , page 41t â¢ Configur ing the Network Settings , page 4 7 Change conf igur ation settings u sing the gr aphical user in terface (GUI) touc h scr een. F or a complete desc ription of ho w the GUI touch sc reen w orks , see Chapter 4, â Oper ation â on page 4 9 . Set ting a S CSI ID E ach tape dr iv e installed in the library r equires a uni que S CSI ID . The inf ormati on pr ov ided in this section sho ws y ou how to s et a SC SI ID . To s e t a S C S I I D : 1. T urn the libr ar y on and wait until the P o w er - On Self T est (P OS T) concludes and the Status scr e en is displ ay e d . 2. Sele ct the Menu opti on. 3. Select SCS I in the Edit Opt ions ar ea to display the follo wing sc reen .
Library Configuration 40 Fig ur e 20 SCS I op ti on selection sc r een (two-dri ve model show n) NO TE: Y ou can mov e to the next sequenti al SC SI opti ons scr een by touc hing the T . F or e xam ple , to se t the Dr iv e 0 Bus ID t o 3: a. Select the bo x ne xt to the te xt âDri ve 0 Bu s ID:. â The r esulting scr een (see Fi gure 21 ) displa ys the c urr ent Dri ve 0 Bus ID along w ith the new value that y ou req uest . Fig ur e 21 Dri ve 0 bus ID sc r een b. T ouch the bloc k that contains the number 3 . T his places your r equest into the Ne w data fie ld. c. To u c h t h e Sav e option to confir m your r equ es t. A confir mation sc r e en is displa yed (see Fi g u re 22 ).
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 41 Fig ur e 22 SCSI I D c o n fi rm a t io n sc re en d. To u c h OK to confirm . A new S CS I I D no w appears in the Dri ve 0 Bus ID data f ield (see Fi g u re 23 ). Fig ur e 23 Dr i ve 0 bus ID data f ield scr een (two -dr iv e model show n) 4. R epeat this pr ocedure to s et any r emaining S CS I IDs . IMP OR T ANT : Do not set dupli cate IDs, all S CSI IDs mus t be unique . 5. To u c h t h e Back button repeat edly to r eturn to the Main menu sc reen . Set ting Up a R eser v ed S lot Use this option to designate one or mor e tape car t ri dge d ata sto rage slots as a cleaning slot , or to r educe the numbe r of st or age elements v isible t o the applicati on softw are (f or lice nsing r easons). !
Library Configuration 42 NO TE: Reserv ed slots may be incompatible w ith some applicati on softwar e. Re se r ve d S l o t N um b e ri n g Standar d tape cartri dge slots ar e number ed fr om the fr ont of the magazine to the r ear (see Fi g u re 24 through Fig u re 27 ) . If y ou r ese r v e one sl ot , it become s Cleani ng Slot #0 in the last slot o f the last maga zine. Additional r eserved slots continue in this fr ont -to -rear pattern . Fig ur e 24 Re served slot locations , SDL T 1 C leaning Slot #2 2 C leaning Slot #1 3 C leaning Slot #0 4 Mail Slot (L eft M aga zine Only , If Confi g ur ed) #11 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #24 #13 #14 #15 #16 #17 #18 #19 #20 #21 #22 #23 #12 4 1 2 3
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 43 Fig ur e 25 Re served slot locations , Ultrium (M SL603 0) 1 C leaning Slot #2 2 C leaning Slot #1 3 C leaning Slot #0 4 Mail Slot (L eft M aga zine Only , If Conf igured) 4 2 3 1 #0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12 #13 #14 #15 #16 #17 #18 #19 #20 #21 #22 #23 #24 #25 #26 #27 #28
Library Configuration 44 Fig ur e 26 R eserved slot locations , low er module, SDL T 1 C leaning Slot #2 2 C leaning Slot #1 3 C leani ng Slot #0 4 Mail Slo t (L ef t Maga zine Only , If Conf igured) #36 #25 #26 #27 #28 #29 #30 #31 #32 #33 #34 #35 #49 #38 #39 #40 #41 #42 #43 #44 #45 #46 #47 #48 #37 4 1 2 3
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 45 Fig ur e 27 R eserved slot locations , lo wer module , Ultrium (MSL6 060) To r e s e r v e a s l o t : 1. On the Menu s cr een, touc h the Library option in the Edit Option s area . 2. On the Library o pti ons sc reen , press the T to scr oll to the scr een that contains the To t a l Reser ved Slots option (see Fig u re 28 ). Fig ur e 28 T otal r eserved sl ots sc re en 3. Pre ss the assoc iated box ne xt to the To t a l R e s e r v e d S l o t s option (see Fi g u re 29 ). 1 C leaning Slot #2 2 C leaning Slot #1 3 C leaning Slot #0 4 Mail Slot (L eft M aga zine Only , If Confi g ur ed) 4 2 3 1 #29 #30 #31 #32 #33 #34 #35 #36 #37 #38 #39 #40 #41 #42 #43 #44 #45 #46 #47 #48 #49 #50 #51 #52 #53 #54 #55 #56 #57
Library Configuration 46 Fig ur e 29 R eserved sl ots numer ic k ey pad scr een 4. Enter the number of slots to r eserve and then pre ss Sa ve to confir m y our change. On the r esulting confir mation scr een (see Fi g u re 30 ), p r e ss OK to sav e. Fig ur e 30 T otal res er v e d slots conf irmation sc reen 5. Pres s the Back button repeat edly t o r eturn to the Mai n menu scr een. NO TE: Y our cho ice takes e ffect the next time yo u boot the library . NO TE: Changes to this option ma y req uir e reconf iguring the s oft w are appli cation in or der to accommodate the c hange in storage slots .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 47 C on f ig ur in g t he Ne tw o r k S ett ing s The libr ary automaticall y obtains an IP addr ess f rom a DHCP server w hen the library is po wer ed up . The libr ar y also supports user -specif ied fi xed addr esses thr ough the fr ont panel. T o set a f i xed addr ess: 1. On the Menu sc reen, touch Networ k in the Edit Opt ions ar ea . 2. The IP Addr ess Determinati on scr een appears (see F igur e 31 ). Fig ur e 31 I P addr ess deter m inati on scr een 3. To u c h t h e I P Address De termina tion option (see Fi g u re 3 1 ) and then the User Spec ifi ed IP A ddr ess opti on (see Fi g u re 32 ). Fig ur e 32 Us er-s pec ified IP addr ess s cr een 4. To u c h OK to confir m your se lectio n . 5. To u c h e a c h I P Address option and then use the k e y pad to enter each IP addr ess (see Fi g u re 33 ). 6. Save and conf irm y our selec tions.
Library Configuration 48 Fig ur e 33 F ix ed I P addr ess scr een 7. Pres s the Back button r epeatedly to r eturn to the Mai n menu sc reen . NO TE: Y ou must r eboot the library for settings to tak e eff ect .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 49 4O p e r a t i o n This c hapter desc ribes ho w to oper ate an HP St or a ge W orks MSL S er ies tape libr ar y . Secti ons in this cha pt er in cl ud e t h e fo ll owing : â¢ Fro n t P a n e l , page 4 9 â¢ Libr ar y Displa y Scr eens and Options , page 5 3 â¢ Menu Selecti ons , page 60 â¢ Inserting and Remo v ing T ape Cartr idges , page 7 2 Fro n t P a n e l The f ront panel of the libr ar y includes the f ollow ing (see Fi g u re 3 4 ): â¢ Magazine doors (le f t- and ri ght -hand) â¢ Graphi cal user interface (GUI) touc h scr een â¢ Libr ar y st atus LED â¢ Vi ewin g win d ow Fig ur e 34 Libr ar y f ront panel Maga zine Doors The maga zine doors hav e both a n elec tr ical relea se (v ia the GUI touc h sc ree n) and a manual r elease . It is alw ay s re commended that y ou open the maga zine doors using the GUI touc h scr een . Ho we ver , if the GUI touch sc reen f ails, or if the maga zines need to be accessed w hen pow er is off , 1 Left -ha nd Magaz ine Door 2 Vie wi ng Wi nd o w 3 GUI T ouch Scr een 4 Lib rar y S ta t us LE D 5 R ight -hand Maga zine Door 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Operation 50 y ou can manuall y open the maga zine doors by pu shing a small metal p in or paper clip into the mechani cal re lease s (see Fi g u re 35 ). CAUT ION: T he ma ga zine doors m ust only be opened manually in an emer gency . F ailure to fo llo w nor m al pr ocedures can ca use data loss and equipment damage . NO TE: The library may no t perfor m a complete inv entor y each time a maga zine is manually r emov ed and then replaced using the emer g enc y release . Fig ur e 35 Magazine door mec hanical r eleases (emer gency access) 1 Left -ha nd Ma gazin e Door Releas e 2 L ibrary Status LED 3 R ight-hand Magazine Door R elease 3 1 2 3 1 2
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 51 Indicat ors The libr ar y f r ont pa nel indi cators consist of a GUI touc h scr een and a library status LED (see Fi g u re 36 and T able 4 ). Fig ur e 36 L ibrary indicator s F r ont P anel and Media Sec urity L ocks The f ollo wing sec urity fe atur es are av ailable to help y ou av oid acc idental interr uption o f libr ar y operati on. GUI T ouch Scr e en The GUI touc h scr een offers thr ee leve ls of s ecur it y (see Fi g u re 3 7 ): â¢ User L eve l 1âallow s access to the mail slot(s). â¢ User L e vel 2âallo ws maga zine access, mail slot acce ss , S CSI options , diagnosti cs, and lets y ou mo ve media . 1 GUI T ouch Scr een 2 L ibrary Status LED T able 4 Libr ar y S tatus LED Indicator Descripti on Solid green The libr ar y is oper ating corr ectly under normal conditions . F lashing gr een The libr ary is oper ating cor rectly ; howe ver , a change is being made on the GUI touch sc r e en that inte rr upts the cur r ent libr ar y oper ati on (off -line) . Soli d amber Th e libr ary is in a fault st ate as det ailed b y the er r or message on the GU I touch sc r e en . 1 2
Operation 52 â¢ Servi ceâallo ws access to the administr ati ve menu that lets y ou vie w/edit library and S CSI options . NO TE: The libr ary ships with a de fa ult serv ice pa ss wor d of 5 56 6 . Fig ur e 37 Pa s s w o r d l e v e l s E ach pass wo rd is r ep r esented b y four dec imal digi ts that ar e stor ed in NVR AM in a r ange of 0001 to 99 99 . NO TE: 0000 is u sed to disable pass wor d ver ificati on for each le vel . Enabling a pas sw ord at a lo w er lev el r e -enables disa bled higher le vels t o that v alue. As a r esult , pri or to accessing any higher le vel oper ation, y ou are pr ompted fir st to enter the new higher le v el pass w ord . Y ou can also use a higher le v el pass wor d to gain access to a lo wer le vel oper ation . Fo r ex ample , use the S ervi c e pass w or d to access the Mov e Media oper ation . Using the Servi c e pass w ord to acces s the Menu opti on also gi ves f ull access ( withou t va lidating) t o the Serv ice ope r ations. NO TE: T o restor e passw ords if f or gotten, use Set Use r Def aults on the Maintenance scr een of the GUI. Note that an y conf igur ation that w as pre vi ously se t wi ll be lost . If necessary , r ecord all confi guratio n settings befo r e r esetting the pass wor d. CAUT ION: Do no t use Set Factor y Defaul ts or libr ar y damage may occ ur .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 53 Host S ystem Media can also be r eserved by s oft w ar e r u nning on the hos t. T he library pro vi des no GUI touch sc reen o ve rr ide f or this command. U sually , e x iting the hos t so ftwar e r est ores media acce ss. In the ev ent of hos t failur e, y ou can re stor e media acces s by cy cling the libr ar y po wer . L ibr ar y Displa y Sc r eens and Options The libr ar y GUI touc h scr een displa y s gr aphic s and te xt char acters in the for m of eas y- to -under stand mess a ges . Graphi cs and te xt messages, along w ith their func tions, ar e descr ibed in this section . Initiali z ation Sc r een When po wer is f irst applied to the libr ar y , a seri es of P ow er - On Self T est (P OS T) diagnos tic s are perfor med . After the P OS T completes, the f ollo wing initiali z a ti on scr een appears dur ing the library inv entory and scalability conf igurati on. Fig ur e 38 Initiali z ation sc r e en L ibr ar y Statu s Sc r een After the P OS T ex ecut es successf ully and the libr ar y initiali zati on completes (appro xi matel y 4 5 seconds), the follo wing libr ar y Status scr een appears (see Fi g u re 39 ): 1 T echni cal Support Info rmation (HP log o) 2 L C D Con trast Co ntrol s (rese t an d p o wer-up)
Operation 54 Fig ur e 39 Libr ar y statu s scr een (two -dr iv e model show n) The l ibrary Status sc reen lets y ou select the f ollow ing options: â¢ Mail Slot Access â¢ Magazine A ccess â¢ Mov e Media â¢ L C D Con trast Con trols â¢ Menu â¢ Online/Offline â¢ St at us â¢ Po w e r 1 2
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 55 T echni cal Suppor t Inf ormatio n Selec ting this option v ia the HP logo displa ys HP -spec ific t echni cal suppor t as sistance informati on, including the HP S tor age W orks and the HP techni cal support w ebsites (see Fi g u r e 40 ). Fig ur e 40 T echnical su pport infor mation s creen Mail Slot A ccess (L eft -hand Maga zines Onl y ) Select this opti on to display the Mail Slot Access scr een ( Fi g u re 4 1 ) . This opti on pro vi des access to a mail slot w hile the library r emains pow ered u p . Note that a mail slot is res erved f or the f irst tape cartr idge slot in a left-hand maga zine , and ca n be passw ord pr otected or f ully disabled . If the mail slot is disabled, this menu button is absent . O n f our -dri ve models , sole noids re stric t a cces s to the selec ted mail slots. Fig ur e 41 M ail slot access s cr een (four -dri ve model sho wn) Maga zine Access Select this opti on to display the Magazi ne Ac cess s creen ( Fig u re 42 ). F or two -dr iv e models, this option lets y ou gain access to the left or ri ght- hand magazine doors s eparatel y , or both maga zine doors f or tape cartridge place m ent or r emov al. F or f o ur -dri ve models, this opti on pro vide s access to the upper -left, l ow er-left , or r ight -hand maga zines separ ately , or both maga zine doors f or tape cartridge placement or r emoval .
Operation 56 NO TE: Th e Magaz ine Acc ess opti on can be pass wor d prot ected . Fig ur e 42 Magazine access sc r een (t w o -dr i ve model sho wn) Mo ve Media Select this opti on to display the Mo ve Media sc reen (see Fi g u re 43 ). T he Mov e Media option lets y ou re mo ve a cartr idge fr om a tape dr i ve , a data slot in any magazine , or a mail slot in a left-hand magazine . This option als o lets you load and unloa d ta pe cartridge s f r om the installed tape dr iv es. See the se cti on on â Replac ing a Cleaning Cartr idge in a Re served Slot â on page 9 6 for detailed re mo va l i n fo r ma t io n. CAUT ION: T o r educe the r isk of dri ve damage , use SDL T and Ultr ium cleaning cartri dges only in their r especti ve dr iv e types.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 57 CAUT ION: R emov e media fr om all dri ves and slots pr ior t o libr ary transport . Fig ur e 43 Mov e media sc r e en (tw o -dri ve model sho wn) GU I Co nt rast Cont rols Select these options to inc rease or decr ea se the c ontrast of th e GUI display ( see Fi g u r e 39 ). Incr emental steps ar e se t b y ad j usting the GUI contrast contr ols fr om the library Sta tus scr een. Incr emental steps can r ange fr om 0 to 31 depending on your pr efer ence. T hese settings ar e volatile and ar e r estor ed to def ault values upon r eboot or pow er cy cling . Po w e r Select this opti on to initiate a library po wer -dow n operati on. After a succe ssful po wer -dow n, a conf irmati on message appears (s ee F igur e 44 ). NO TE: After you po w er -dow n the libr ar y , y ou must po wer it back up thr ough the GUI display . NO TE: The library mo v es the shuttle ass embl y to the park ed position be for e po wer ing dow n. T his positi on is a pr er equisite for an y library tr a nsport .
Operation 58 Fig ur e 44 P ow e r -d o wn c onfirmation m essage scr een Stat us Select this opti on to display the inf ormation Status scr e en ( Fi g u re 45 ) . F rom this sc reen , touch a magazine i con to display detailed info rmati on about the cartri dges in that ma ga zine. T ouc h a dri v e icon t o v ie w dr iv e ID infor mation , cleaning inf ormation , tape cartri dge informati on, and dr iv e status . Fig ur e 45 Statu s scr een (four -dri ve model show n)
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 59 Car t r id ge Map Selec ting this option pr ov ides y ou w ith a lay out of the slots and cartri dges that are c urr ently being used in the libr ar y . Bar code labels ar e display ed if enabled and in use . Fig ur e 46 Cartri dge map s cr een (two -dr iv e model show n) Online Selecting this option places the libr ar y online or off l ine . NO TE: The library automati cally comes online after a pow er -up initiali zati on. Y ou can use this option to place the libr ar y off line. Menu Selecting this opti on lets you v iew , config ur e , and use the library ( Fi gu r e 4 7 ). T he Menu opti on disp lay s three di stinct ar e as: â¢ Vi ew Sys te m D a ta â¢ Utilities â¢ Ed i t O p t i o n s
Operation 60 Fig ur e 4 7 Menu scr een Men u S electi ons This secti on descr ibes the thr ee Menu area s: â¢ Vi ew Sys te m D a ta â¢ Ed i t O p t i o n s â¢ Utilities V ie w S y stem Data A r ea The View Sy s tem Da ta ar ea lets you s elect the follo wing s cr eens: â¢ Libr ar y Opti ons â¢ SC SI O p t io n s â¢ Net w ork Options â¢ Libr ar y Inf o â¢ Ca rt ridge Map L ibrary Options Selec ting this option lets y ou v ie w the library settings. T hese settings ar e defined f r om the Librar y option in the Edit Optio ns area (s ee Fig u r e 4 8 on page 61) . NO TE: Y ou can mov e to the ne xt subsequent Library Options scr e en by selecti ng the T button .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 61 Fig ur e 48 Vie w library options s cr e en Ta b l e 5 lists and descr ibes the av a ila ble Librar y options. T able 5 Vie w Libr ar y Opti ons Option Description L ibrary R emains Offline A fter P ow er -up Initiali zati on L ibr ar y does no t go online after pow er -up initiali z ation . Y ou must sele ct the Online option f rom the Me nu scr e en on th e GUI touc h scr e en . The def ault is Disabled . Au to P o wer -Up An Ins tall ed Dr iv e After T imeout Enabl es a tape dr iv e to be au tom ati cally p o we red u p (after a dela y) , after r eplacing a tape dr i ve if y ou do not expli citly po wer up the t ape dri ve f rom th e GUI tou ch scr een. The de fault is Enable d . Unload M ode Lets you det ermine whether a SCSI MOVE MEDIUM command is interpr eted as Impli cit or Explic it . If Impli cit , th e libr ary unloads a tape dr iv e befor e attempting t o mov e a c artr idge fr om that tape dri ve . If Explic it , the host m ust issue a SCSI UNLOAD comman d to a ta pe dr iv e bef or e each MOVE MEDIUM command that remo ves a cartr idge f rom that tape dr iv e. T he def ault is Impl i cit . To t a l R e s e r v e d S l o t s Lets y ou redu ce a specif ied n umber o f slots a t the r ear of a magazine . Some host softwar e imposes si z e limits on library mag azines for l icens ing purposes, a nd does not oper ate with a libr ar y th at e x cee ds the li censed siz e . The de fault is 0 . Auto Cle an M od e Lets y ou enable an a utomati c tape dr iv e cleaning cy cle . T o use this option , yo u must ha ve r eserved a slot fo r a cleaning cartri dge using the T otal R eser ved Slots opti on. T he def ault is Disa bled .
Operation 62 Dr iv e and Slot Numbe r ing Lets y ou spec ify whet her S CSI elemen ts in the libr ary displa ys with either z ero based or one based. Note that thi s only affects the GUI tou ch sc reen , not the actual S CSI ele ment addr esses. T he def ault is Ze ro B as e d . L ibr ary Mode Lets y ou set the r oboti cs operatin g mode to Rand om , Sequen tial Drv0 , Seq uential Drv n (t wo o r m ore drives ) , o r Sequenti al Split . Seque ntial Dr iv e n and Sequential Split re qu i re t w o or m o re dr iv es in the libr ary . Se q uential mode is not a vailabl e with multi-modul e confi gurati ons. The de fault is Ran d om . Sequential Mode Sequential Mode is locally contr olled . Sequenti al oper ations begin wi th any c artr idge l oaded in to Dr i ve 0. The lib rary monit ors th e dr iv e statu s, and wh en th e hos t unloads a cartr id ge fr om the dr iv e , it r eturns the cartr idge t o th e magazine , and the n loads the ne xt c artr idge in magazine numer ical or der . This oper ation continues until all cartri dges hav e been loaded, or until an empty slot is encoun ter e d . T wo options ar e av ailable: Nor mal (same as Li br ary Mode ab o ve ) and Re ci r cu la t e. Instead of stopp ing after the cartr idge in the last sl ot f or the dr iv e has been unloaded b y the hos t , Re circul at e mode c on tinues the operati on b y load ing the fir st cartridge f or the dr ive . Rec ir cul ation w ill continue until an em pty slot is encounte r e d , or the operator unloads the tape using the GUI touch scr een. L CD Contra st Adj ust The L CD c ontr ast contr ols let you incr ease or decr ease the contr ast of the L C D displa y . Th e incr em ental steps are set b y adju sting the L C D Contr ast Adj ust option f rom the Li bra r y option. Incr emental steps can r ange fr om 0 to 31 depending on y our pre ference . The defa ult is 16 . Mail -S lot Mode Lets y ou enable or disa ble the mail slot(s) in a libr ar y . F or the two-driv e models, the def ault is Mail Slot Enabled . F or the fo ur -dri ve models, t h e de fa ult is Both M ail Slots Enable d . Bar code Label Si z e Lets y ou limit the le ngth of the bar code labe l. P ossible settin gs ar e 1 thr ough 8. Th e def ault is 8 . Bar code Label Assi gnment Lets y ou spec ify the ali gnment o f a bar code label . The o ptio ns ar e Left or Rig ht . When used in conj unction w ith the Bar c ode Labe l Siz e option , this option strips un wanted tr a iling char acters (left alignment) or leading char acter s (r ight alignment). The def ault is Le ft A lign . Bar code La bel Chec k Digit Lets y ou specify wheth er to ena ble or disable the ve rif ication of a check di gi t c har acter in the bar code label . The defa ult is Disa bled . T able 5 Vie w Libr ar y Opti ons (continued) Option Description
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 63 SC SI O p t i on s Selecting this opti on lets you v iew the settings defined f rom the SCS I option in the Ed it Opti ons ar ea (see Fi g u r e 49 ). NO TE: Y ou can mo v e to the ne xt sequenti al SC SI Op tions scr e en by sele ctin g the T . T o return to the pr ev ious SCS I Options screen, select the S or Back but ton to r et ur n to the Menu sc reen . Fig ur e 49 Vi ew SCSI o pt io ns Ta b l e 6 lists and des cr ibes the av ailable SC SI O pt ions selecti ons. (See â Ta p e D r i v e s â on page 16 fo r an illustr ation of the dri ve number ing scheme .) Bar code R eader Lets y ou enable or disable the ba r code r eader r etr ies option. The de fault is Ret ries En ab le d . Mo du le Co nfiguratio n Lets y ou confi gure a libr ary fo r Standalone , Mas ter , o r Slav e oper ation. T he default is Stan dal one . L ibr ary Aut o P ow er - On Mode Lets y ou enable or disable an automati c library pow er - on after a power los s with out th e ne ed to touch t he G UI scree n . Th e defau lt is Ena bled . T able 5 Vie w Libr ar y Opti ons (continued) Option Description
Operation 64 T able 6 Vi ew SCSI O pt ion s Option Desc r iption Dr iv e 0 Bus ID Lets y ou set the S CSI addresses o f d r iv e 0. The designator s Dr iv e 0 (outer t ape dr iv e) thr ough Dr i v e n re fer t o th e fi rs t through n th dr iv es, counting f r om ri ght to left st arting wit h the maste r unit in a scaled Libr ary sy stem. De fault is 1. Dr iv e 1 Bus ID Lets y ou set the S CSI addresses o f d r iv e 1. The designator s Dr ive 1 (inner t ape dri ve) thr ough Dr iv e n re fe r to t h e second through n th dr iv es, counting f rom r ight to le ft starting with the master unit in a scaled Libr ar y s ystem . Def ault is 2 . Dr iv e 2 Bus ID (fo ur -dri ve models only) Lets you set t he SCSI addr esses of dri ve 2 . T he desi g nator s Dr ive 2 (lo we r , outer tape dr iv e) thr ough Dr iv e n re fe r to the third thr ough n th dr iv es, counting f r om r ight t o left starting with the master unit in a scaled Libr ar y s ystem . Def ault is 3. Dr iv e 3 Bus ID (fo ur -dri ve models only) Lets y ou set the S CSI addresses of dri ve 3 . The designat ors Dr ive 3 (lo we r , inner tape dri ve) t hr ough Dri ve n ref e r t o the fourth th r ough n th dr iv es, counting f r om r ight t o left starting with the master unit in a scaled Libr ar y s ystem . Def ault is 4. L ibr ary S CSI Bu s ID Lets yo u set the SC SI addr esses for the libr ar y r obotics. Th e def ault is 0 . L ibr ary S CSI Bu s P arity Lets y ou enable or disable the library r obotics SCS I bus par ity chec king. Th e def ault is Ena bled . Mail Slo t Ac ces s This opti on contr ols access to t he mail slot and media rem ova l. âPr ev ent All o wâ Command Inhib its allows access to the mail slot v ia the GUI contr ol pa nel and allows medi a r emo val . âPr ev ent A llowâ C ommand Ignor ed pr ev ents access to the ma il slot and r emov al of media. T his option is u sed for some bac kup appli cations . The def ault is âPr ev ent Allo wâ Command Inhib its. SCS I M od e Defines the loader as SCS I - 2 or SC SI - 3 . T he def ault is SCSI -3 . Unit Attention Re po r ti n g Lets you s elect re p orting of all or only one stac ked-unit at tentio n co ndi tion s. If set t o Re po r t A l l , t he unit r eports all unit attention conditions in sequence; if set to Re po r t O n e , the un it r eports only the highest pri ority cond ition . T he def ault is Re p or t Al l .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 65 Init Elemen t Statu s Lets y ou specify t he libr ar yâs r esponse to the SCSI INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS comma nd. T he possib le se ttings ar e No In vent ory , Fo rc e I n ve n t o r y , and F or ce Label S can . The def ault is Fo rc e I n ve n t o r y . Te s t U n i t R e a d y Re po r ti n g Lets y ou specify t he response t o a TEST UNIT READY command if the lib rary is in Seq uential Mode . The possib le se ttings ar e Stan dard or Cus tom . The def ault is Custom . De vice C apab ility P age Leng th L e ts y ou c hoo s e b etw ee n tw o le ng ths of th e m ode sense/select dev ice capabilities page (S CSI page 1Fh) , which are Sho rt (14 b ytes) and Long ( 18 byte s) , to accommodate differ ent S CSI dev ice implementati ons of this page. T he default is Sho rt (14 b ytes) . T ransport E lement Base A ddr ess Lets y ou set the base addr ess for the r obotics mech anism. The def ault is 0x0 . Storage Ele ment Base A ddr ess Lets y ou set the base addr ess for the maga zine slots. The def ault is 0x20 . T ransfer Element Base A ddr ess Lets y ou set the base addr ess for the tape dr iv es. T he def ault is 0x1E0. Import /Expor t Element Base A ddr ess Lets y ou set the base addr ess for the mail slot . The def ault is 0x1C0 . Pr oduct Identif ication (PID) Lets you specify the response o f the l ibr ar yâs robotics to the SCSI INQUIRY command in the Pr oduct Identif ication fi eld. T he defa u lt is MSL6000 Ser ies . V endor Iden tif ication (VID) Lets you specify the response o f the l ibr ar yâs robotics to the SCSI INQUIRY command in the V endor Ident if ication fi eld. T he defa u lt is HP . Po s t R e c o v e r e d E r r o r s Lets you specify whether or not r ecove r e d err ors are post ed. Th e defa ult is Disabled . T able 6 Vie w SCS I Options (continued) Option Desc r iption
Operation 66 Ta p e A l e r t M o d e Spec ifi es conditions fo r logging and r eporti ng the fol lowing Ta p e A l e r t data options . The defa ult is Uncon ditionall y Gener ate R eco ve red Err or . â¢ Logging Disab led: Inhibits the logging feat ure . â¢ No Ex cept ions: T he library must not r epor t infor mation e xcepti ons. â¢ Genera te Unit Atten tion: Rep or ts infor mation e xcepti ons with a Unit At te ntion sense k ey and an ASC/ASCQ of 5D/00 . â¢ Con di tio nall y Gene rate Rec o v ere d Er r or: Reports inf ormati on ex ceptions w ith a Rec o vered Erro r se nse k ey and an ASC/ ASCQ of 5D/00 , if Recov e red Er ror Reportin g is enabled. â¢ Unco nditi onall y Gen erate Rec ov ere d Error: U nconditionall y reports infor mation ex ceptions w i th a R ecov ered Err or sen se ke y and an ASC/ASCQ of 5D/00 . â¢ Gener ate No Sen se: Reports infor m ati on ex ceptions w i th a No Sense s ense k ey and an ASC/ ASCQ of 5D/00 . â¢ Report on U nsolicited Req uest Sense: Reports inf ormati on ex ceptions w ith a No Sense sense k ey and an ASC/AS CQ of 5D/00 , only in r esponse to an unsolic ited REQUEST SENSE command . Abo rt M ove Status Lets y ou spec ify the S CSI r esponse while abo rting a SCS I command . The po ssible settin gs ar e Bus y or No t Read y . The def ault is Not R eady . Door Open Response Lets y ou spec ify the SC SI r espo nse whe n a library doo r is open . The settings ar e Re ad y or Not Read y . The de fault is Not R e ad y . Initiate Wide Data Tr a n s f e r N e g o t i a t i o n Lets you enable the library to in itiate a SC SI synchr onous and w ide da ta tr ansfe r ne goti ation w ith the ho st . Th e setti ngs ar e Do No t Initiate or Initiate . T he defa ult is Do Not Initia te . T able 6 Vie w SCS I Options (continued) Option Desc r iption
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 67 Network Options Selecting this opti on lets you v iew the settings defined f rom the Netw ork opti on in the Edit Opt ion s ar ea (see Fig u re 50 ). Ta b l e 7 on page 6 8 lists and desc ribe s the a vaila ble opti ons. NO TE: There a r e no firm war e default s et tings f or networ ks. C ontact y our networ k administrator f or spec ifi c infor mation on connec ting the libr ary to your netw ork . Fig ur e 50 Default v iew netw ork options scr een NO TE: The IP Addr ess , I P Mask , IP Gatew ay , and D NS S er v er become a vailable after selec ting User S pecifi ed IP Ad dress fr om the Netw ork s cr een under Edit Option s . Data T r ansfer S peed Lets y ou set the r obot or lib rary S CSI data tr ansfer r ate to Syn c h ron o us , 1 0 M B / se c , Sy nchr onous , 5 MB/sec , or As ync hro nous Onl y . Th e def ault is Sy n ch r o n ou s , 1 0 MB/sec . R eport Elemen t T y pe The de fault is Disa bled . Fa st Te rm i n a t e Sequence The def ault is Disab led . T able 6 Vie w SCS I Options (continued) Option Desc r iption
Operation 68 L ibrary Info Selecting this opti on lets you displa y the Miscellaneous Librar y Info scr een ( F igur e 51 ). T hi s sc reen displa ys the libr ar yâs f irm war e re visi on, the local IP and Ethernet addr ess that is cu rr entl y in use , the unit ser ial number , and the libraryâs po wer -on hours. Fig ur e 51 Vie w library info sc reen Ed i t O p t i o n s A re a The Edit Option s ar ea lets y ou selec t the fo llo wing sc reens: â¢ Libr ar y â¢ SC SI â¢ Networ k â¢ Pa s s w o r d s L ibrary Select ing this option lets y ou define the Library opti ons used to conf igure the libr ar y f or y our spec if ic needs (s ee Fi g u r e 52 ). Ta b l e 5 on page 61 lists and des cr ibes the a vailable opti ons. T able 7 Vi e w N et work Op tio ns Option Descripti on IP Addr ess Dete rminat ion Lets y ou obtain an IP addre ss fr om a DHCP server or set a use r specif ied IP address . IP Addr ess L ets you sel ect an IP Addr ess. IP Mask Lets y ou select an IP Mask. IP Gate wa y Lets y ou select an IP Gate w ay . DNS Se r v er Lets y ou select a DN S server addr ess.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 69 NO TE: Y ou can mov e to the subsequent Li brary screen by sel ecting t he T . Fig ur e 5 2 E dit libr ary options scr een SC SI Select ing this option lets y ou define the SCSI opti ons used to conf igur e the libr ary for y our spec if ic needs (see Fi g u re 53 ). Ta b l e 6 on page 64 lists and desc ribes the av ailable options . NO TE: Y ou can mov e to the subsequent SCSI screen by se lecting the T . Fig ur e 53 Edit S CSI options scr een
Operation 70 Network Select ing this option lets y ou define the Netw ork options used t o conf igur e the library f or your spec if ic needs (s ee Fi g u r e 5 4 ). Ta b l e 7 on page 68 lis ts and desc r ibes the av ailable options . Fig ur e 54 E dit network opti ons sc reen Pa s s w o r d s Select ing this option lets y ou define the Pa s s wo r d options us ed to configur e the library fo r y our spec if ic needs (see Fig u re 55 ). F or inform ation on libr ary secur ity f eatures and pass wor d lev els, see â F ront P anel and Media Sec urity Loc k s â on page 51. Fig ur e 55 Edit pas sw ords opti ons scr een Utiliti es Ar ea The Utilities ar ea lets you s elect the follo wi ng scr eens: â¢ Maintenance â¢ Diagnosti cs â¢ Fa c to r y â¢ Secur i ty Lev el
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 71 Mainte nance Selecting this option lets y ou perform s y stem maintenance on the libr a ry (see Fig u re 56 ): Fig ur e 56 Maintenance sc reen The Mainte nance menu opti ons are des cri bed in Chapter 6 , â Maintenance â beginning on page 91. Diagnosti cs Selecting this opti on lets y ou perform a s yst em calibr a ti on on available compo nents (see Fi gu r e 57 ). A vailable opti ons ar e dep endent on the spec ified u ser le vel . The Diagnostic s men u options ar e desc rib ed in Cha pter 7 , â T roubleshooting â beginning on page 101. Fig ur e 57 Diagnosti cs scr een (f our-dr iv e model sho wn)
Operation 72 NO TE: The V ertical Calibr ation button is only av ailable on four -dri ve models . Fa c t o r y The Fac to r y menu options are intended f or use by f actor y personnel onl y . CAUT ION: Unau thori z ed use of the Fac to r y option could r ender the libr ar y inoper able . Se curi t y Level Selecting this o pti on lets you select pass wor ds for a secur it y lev el (see Fi g u r e 58 ). NO TE: The libr ary ships with a de faul t Se rvi ce pass w or d of 5566 . NO TE: Set ting a v a lue 0000 fo r a gi v en le v el disables that le vel . Fig ur e 58 Secur ity le vel sc reen Inserting and R emo v ing T ape Cartr idge s Unless y ou ar e using the mail slot(s), a tape magazine mus t be r emov ed fr om the library to r emov e or insert tape cartridges . Make sur e the slot you w ant to use is not alr e ad y reserv ed for a tape cartridge or c leaning car tr idge that is now in a ta pe dr i ve . The safe st wa y to do this is t o unload all tape dr iv es befor e r emov ing a magazine . Y ou can unload all the tape dri ves e i ther thr ough yo ur host sy stem s oft w are or by us ing the LOAD/UNLOAD command f r om the Library O ption menu .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 73 NO TE: Do not add mor e tape cartridge s to the library than its r ated slot capac it y . CAUT ION: Ultr ium and SDL T tape dri ve s requir e spec ial cleaning cartri dges and data car tr idges fo rmatted spec ificall y for the dr iv e technology . T o av oid damage to y our tape dri ve , it is cr itical to use appr opri ate cleaning cartri dges and properl y for matted data cartridge s. C ontact an HP author iz ed dea ler or sales r epr esentati ve f or cur r ent compatibilit y and av ailability . R emov ing Magazine s L ibrary magazine r emov al is a manual operati on. Access the maga zines using the Maga zine Access option fr om the library Sta tus scr een. T his option le ts y ou open the left- or right-hand magazine door s separatel y , or all maga zine doors at the same time . After opening the appr opr iate magazine door , pull the maga z ine out fr om the libr ar y chas sis (see Fi g u r e 5 9 ). Fig ur e 59 Re mo ving tape cartr idge maga zines 1 Left -ha nd Magaz ine (s ) 2 R ight-hand Maga zine(s) 1 2 1 2 2 1
Operation 74 In se rti ng C art r id ge s in to a Ma ga zin e A full le ft-hand magazine is sho wn in Fig u re 6 0 . Fo r t w o -dri ve models , the low est numbe r ed tape cartridge slot Y is the one closes t to the front o f the left-hand maga zine . Fo r four -dri ve models, the lo west number ed tape cartri dge slot Y is the one clos est to the fr ont of the upper -left ma ga zine. Fig ur e 60 Inserting a tape cartr idge (left -hand maga zine) Insert tape cartr idges so that the bar code label s ar e fac ing outw ar d (see Fig u re 60 ). NO TE: H andle and stor e tape cartridges in a clean , dus t-free en vir onment . Refe r to the doc umentation pr ov ided with y our tape cartri dges f or additional inf ormation . Using Mail Slots (L eft -hand Maga zines Only) Mail slots ar e used only w ith host s ys tem softwar e th at supports this f e atur e. T he mail slot feat ur e lets y ou insert or remo ve a single t ape w ithout r emov ing the entir e magazine . T he benef it of using a mail slot is that the magazine does not need to be r einv entor ied. A ccess the mail slots using the Mail Slot Acces s opti on fr om the library Status scr een. T his option lets you open a le ft -hand magazine door f or mail slot access . A fter opening a left-hand magazine door , piv ot the mail slot forw ar d to in sert a ta pe ca rtr id ge (s ee F igure 61 ). 1 Tap e C a r t r i d g e Ori entation f or Lef t- han d M agazi ne 2 Lo wes t N um b ere d Ta p e C a r t r i d g e S l o t 3 Highest Numbered Ta p e C a r t r i d g e S l o t 2 3 1
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 75 NO TE: M ail slots mus t b e enabled (f irm war e def ault) using the Mail Slo t Mod e option fr om the Edit Library Opt ions menu . See Ta b l e 5 for m ore i nfo rm at io n. NO TE: Disabling a ma il slot allo ws it to be us ed for an additi onal data slot, but this ma y be incompatible with some hos t soft w are appli cations . Fig ur e 61 Left -hand ma ga zi ne mail sl ot (two -dr ive model show n) L abeling T ape Cartr idges Attaching a bar code label to eac h tape car tr idge enables the libr ar y and applicati on softwar e to iden tify the cartridg e qui ckl y , ther eby speeding up in ve ntory time . Make it a pr actice t o use bar code labels on y our tape cartri dges. Y our host softwar e ma y need to k eep tr ack of the f ollo wing infor mation and the ass o c iated bar code: â¢ Da te of fo rmat or initi ali zati on â¢ T ape âs media pool â¢ D ata r esid ing on the tape â¢ Age of the bac kup â¢ E rro r s en c o un t ere d wh i l e us i n g t h e t ap e (to determine if the tape is faulty) 1 Ma il Slot Holde r 2 T ape C artri dge 1 2
Operation 76 CAUT ION: T he misuse and misunderstanding o f bar co de tec hnology can r esult in back up and r estor e failures . T o ensur e that your bar codes me et HPâs quality standar ds, al way s pur chase them fr om an appr o ved supplier and ne ver print bar code labels y ourself . F or more inf ormation , re fer t o the or der for m pr o vided w ith the libr ar y , as well a s the Bar Code L abel R equir ements, Compatibility and Usage w hite paper available f rom http: //www .hp .com /su ppo rt . Ultr i um La bel s Ultr ium tape cartridge s ha ve a r ecessed ar ea loca ted on the f ace of the car tr idge next t o the wr ite -pr otect sw itch . Use this ar ea for attac hing the adhesi ve -back ed bar code label (see Fig u re 6 2 ). Do not apply labe ls onto the car tr idge ex cept in this designated ar ea. CAUT ION: T he bar code label should be appli ed as sho wn in Fig u re 62 w ith the alphanumeri c portion fac ing the hub side o f the tape cartr idge . Ne ver appl y multiple labels onto a car tr idge , as e xtra labels can caus e the cartr idge to j am in a tape dr iv e. Fig ur e 6 2 Attaching a bar code la bel to an U ltrium tape cartr idge
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 77 T o ensure successf u l oper ation of y our tape libr ar y , place the bar code label entirel y wi thin the r ecessed ar ea, ensur i ng that no part of the label is outside o f it (see Fig u re 63 ). Fig ur e 63 Pr oper Ultr ium bar code label placement SDL T Labels SDL T tape cartri dges have a fr ont slide sl ot located on the f ace of the cartr idge next t o the wr ite -pr otect sw itc h (see F igure 64 sh o ws) U se this slo t for i nserting the bar code la bel b y sliding it into the slot. CAUT ION: Do not appl y labels onto the top , bottom , sides, or back o f the cartri dge as this ma y cause damage to the tape dri ve , or inter f ere w ith reliable oper ation.
Operation 78 Fig ur e 64 Attaching a bar code label to an SDL T tape cartridge Media L abel I dentif iers Be sur e to u se the pr oper bar code labels for y our dri ve tec h nolog y . Ta b l e 8 lists the identifi er that is fo und at the end of 7 - or 8-char acter SDL T and Ultrium bar code labels . CAUT ION: T o ensur e that your bar codes mee t HPâs qu ality standar ds, al way s pur chase them f rom an appr ov ed supplier and ne v er pr int bar code labels y ourself . F or more inf ormation , re fer to the or der form pr o vi ded with the libr ar y , as wel l as the Bar Code L abel Requir ements, Compatib ility and Usag e white pa per availa ble fr om http:/ /www .hp .com /su pport . T able 8 M edi a La bel Identifi ers Cartridge T ype Density Label Identifier SDL T 3 20 16 0/3 20 GB S or S1 SDL T 6 00 3 00/600 GB S or S2 Ultr ium 46 0 200/400 GB L2 Ultr ium 9 60 400/8 00 GB L3 Ultr ium 1840 800/16 00 GB L4
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 79 5R e m o t e M a n a g e m e n t I n t e r f a c e Man y of the same operati ons perfor med from the fr ont panel can also be perfor med remote ly us ing the R emote Management Interf ace. S ecti ons in this c hapter inc lude: â¢ Overvie w , page 7 9 â¢ Acces sing the Remot e Managemen t Interface , pa ge 80 â¢ Us ing M enu Butto ns , page 8 2 â¢ Changing the Remote Management In terface P as s wor ds , page 8 8 Ov erv ie w The R emote Management Interf ace lets yo u monitor and contr ol your a utomated ta pe libr ar y fr om an y terminal connected to y our network or v ia the W orld Wi de W eb. T he Remote Management Interface ho sts a dedicated , pro tected Inter net site that display s a gr aphical r epres entati on of your library . After e stablishing a co nnection to the libr ar y , open an y W eb bro ws er and enter the IP addr ess of the libr ary . NO TE: Be sure that pr oxy s erver se t tings in y our br o wser ar e disabled This int ernet site can be accessed u sing either Mi cr oso ft Inter net Explor er (3 . 0 or higher ) or Netscape ( 3 .0 or higher ) . T he Remote Management Interf ace show s the ov erall statu s of the library at a glance, and pr esents a contr ol panel for making adj ustments and vi ew ing details dow n to the cartridge le vel . T o use the R emote Managemen t Inte rface , you mu st hav e the fol lo wing a vailable: â¢ A 10 Base T Ethernet Networ k â¢ An av ailable IP a ddr ess (eit her Internet or local) â¢ A host computer w ith COM port (initial se tup and alter nati v e maintenance pr ocedure s only) â¢ A computer with a W eb br ow ser installed that has acces s to y our net w ork T w o configur ations f or the Remote Management Interf ace are a vailable: â¢ W orld Wi de Acces sible . â¢ Lo ca l Area N et wor k T o configur e the R emote Management Interface y ou must se t the IP addr esse s. (F or infor mation on setting IP addr esses , see â Confi guring the Net w ork Set tings â on page 4 7.)
Remote Management Interface 80 CAUT ION: S ome opti ons of the R emote Management Interface tak e the library offl ine . This inacti ve mode can interfer e w ith host-based appli cation so f tw ar e , cau sing data loss . Ensure that the libr ar y is idle bef ore attempting to perfor m any r emote operati ons that will tak e the libr ar y offline . Acces sing the Remote Management Int er f ace T o access y our library r emotel y , the library must be in the r eady mode to est ablish communications w ith the Remote Management Interface . If y ou ar e unable to access the unit w ith y our br o wser , v er ify the library is not being oper ated locally . 1. T y pe the IP addres s in the Location fi eld of y our W eb bro ws er , and pr ess Enter . The br o wser connects t o the Remot e M anageme nt Interface and displa ys a login pr ompt . Fig ur e 65 Remote Management Interface login scr een 2. Enter your le vel 1 or le vel 2 pass wor d in the appropr iate f ield and cli ck Login . NO TE: The default le vel 1 pass w or d is 1. T he def ault lev el 2 pass w or d is 2 . The le vel 1 pass wor d only allo ws use of pas s i ve f eatures , such as v iew ing libr ary status. Use the MSLUtil.ex e diagnos tic utility and the seri a l inte rface to c h ange the def ault passw ords a s descr ibe d in â Changing the Remote Ma nagement Interf ace P assw ords â on page 88.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 81 Fig ur e 66 Remot e Management Interface mai n s cr een 3. Clic k on the libr ar y to access the Status scr een (see Fi g u r e 6 7 ).
Remote Management Interface 82 Fig ur e 6 7 Statu s scr een Usi ng M enu B utt ons The R emote Management Interf ace menu buttons inc lude: â¢ St at us , page 8 2 â¢ Mov e Media , page 8 3 â¢ Setup , page 8 4 â¢ Fu n c t io n s , page 8 7 â¢ Hi story , page 88 Sta tus Click the Status button to vi ew a displa y of itemi z ed st atus infor mation f or the libr ary in gener al, and for eac h dri ve . Scr oll dow n to vi ew additional inf ormati on. Y ou can configur e two br ow ser sett ings fr om this screen: â¢ Auto r efr esh: off /1 min / 2 min / 5 min This s et ting ensur es that the status o f y our libr ar y displa yed on the br ow ser remains c urr ent. â¢ Inv entor y Displa y: Logi cal / Phy sical This s et ting enable s you to dis play y our library either logicall y (dri ves and slots ar e grouped separ ately) or ph y sicall y (dri ves and slots ar e grouped b y library module), depending on your pr efer ence. Info rmati on availa ble fr om this scr een: â¢ Lib rary Sta tus
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 83 â¢ Drive Status (Summar y) â¢ Ful l Drive Sta tus is av ailable thro u gh the Full Dr iv e St atus but ton Mo ve Medi a CAUT ION: Do not mo ve tape s while libr ary application so f twar e is running . F atal softwar e faults may occur . This butto n allo ws y ou to mo ve a select ed cartridge t o a tar get dri ve or cartr idge slot . Fig ur e 68 Mov e media sc reen 1. Spec ify the source slot and des tination . 2. Click Ex ecute the Mov e . A sc r e en appear s warning y ou that selecting Con firm ca uses the libr ary to go offline dur ing the mov e media operati on. After the mo ve media oper ation completes , a completion message appears .
Remote Management Interface 84 Setup Click Setup for button -and-br ow ser controls that let y ou set library , S CSI , and dr iv e configur ation options , also av ailable on the Menu > Edit O pti ons ar ea of the tape libr ar y GUI. Fig ur e 6 9 Set up scr een
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 85 L ibrary Confi guration Click Librar y Confi g to set ba sic libr ary par ameters . Fig ur e 7 0 Libr ar y conf igur ation sc r een
Remote Management Interface 86 S CSI Co nfigu ration Click SC SI Con fi g to S CS I mode and T ape Alert par ameters . Fig ur e 71 SCS I configur ation sc r een Driv e Config uration Click Drive Config to set the S CS I IDs of the dr iv es. Fig ur e 7 2 Dri ve confi guration s creen
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 87 F u ncti ons The Fun ct ion s pages present button-and-bro wser contr ols of selecta ble files . Fig ur e 7 3 Fu n c ti o n s s cre e n F our functi ons are av ailable fr om this scr een: â¢ Dri ve c leaning oper ation â¢ Timed or F r ee r unning library diagnos tic â¢ Libr ar y fl ash operati on â¢ Rese t the library CAUT ION: Onl y perform the dr iv e cleaning oper ation when the libr ar y displa ys a mes sage infor ming you that a tape dr iv e needs cleaning. Ex cessi ve , unr equest ed cleaning can damage the tape dr iv es. See â Runni ng a Cleaning Cartr idge â on page 9 3 for additi onal inform ation . NO TE: Se e â Updating F irm war e â on page 9 7 fo r additional inf ormati on on using the libr ar y f lash oper ation in the R emote Management Interface .
Remote Management Interface 88 Hist or y Click History to list f iles that y ou can displa y or do wnload . Scr oll dow n for additional menu s. Fig ur e 7 4 Histor y sc reen When y ou select a file , a Sav e As w indow appear s, letting y ou select a networ k destinati on for the do wnload. Whe n yo u select Displ a y Tr ace , the log w ill display thr ough the bro wser . Changing the R emote Manageme nt Int er f ace P ass wo r ds The R emote Management Interface is set wi th two def ault pass wor ds for le vel 1 and le vel 2 access to featur es. Use the MS L U ti l diagnos tic utility and ser ial interface to c hange the def ault pas s w ords f or the Re mote Management In terface . NO TE: The default pa ss wor ds cannot be changed in the R emote Management Interface . The def ault pass wor ds can only be c hanged b y using the MS L U ti l diagnosti c utility and diagnostic ca ble connecti on to the com puter running the uti lit y . T o change lev el 1 and/or lev el 2 pass wor ds: 1. Install the di agnosti c utility on a W indow s compatible comput er using the MSLUti l CD su pplied w ith the library . 2. Connect the diagnos tic cable f r om the computer installed with the di agnosti c utility to a ser ial port on the library contro ller boar d located at the back of the libr ar y . 3. St ar t MSLUt il and select Connect fr om the tool bar . 4. Click OK to use the defa ult setting . A communicati on path is established to the libr a ry .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 89 5. Sele ct Configu re f r om the tool bar . 6. Sele ct Set V alu es fr o m th e menu. 7. Sele ct the Access tab in the Co nfigur e L ibr ar y w indow . The def ault pass wor ds displa y fo r le vels 1 and 2 . 8. Change the def ault passw or d(s) to a ne w passw or d and c l i ck OK . 9. Click OK to c onfirm the changes.
Remote Management Interface 90
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 91 6 Maintenance Thi s chap ter incl ude s proc edu res for: â¢ Using the L ibr ary M aintenance Menu , page 91 â¢ Maintaining T ape Cartr idges , page 9 2 â¢ Running a C leaning Cartri dge , page 9 3 â¢ Replac ing a Cleaning C artridge in a Reserved Slo t , page 9 6 â¢ Updating F irm war e , page 9 7 Using the L ibr ar y Maintenance Menu Y ou can use the libr ar y Maintenance men u to perfor m sy stem maintenance . Acces s this menu fr om the GU I touch scr e en by selecti ng Menu > Uti lities > Main tena nce . Ta b l e 9 lists the av ailable options . T able 9 Mainte nance Me nu Option Description Clean Dri ve Cleans a dr iv e by s electing the dr iv e to be cleaned , and the slot or mailslot wher e the cleaning cartr idge is located . Replace Dr i ve Deacti vates a dri ve pr ior to its r emov al. Dr i ve F ormat F ormats a tape once the density and compression se ttin gs have been selecte d. P ark Dri ve s P arks all dr i ves pr ior to tr a nsporting the libr ar y . Set Use r D ef aults Re stores the libr ar y to its fir mw are defa ult set tings. F orce R econfigur ation F orce s library to reconf igure bas ed on c urr ent or new S CSI elements .
Maintenance 92 Maintaining T ape Cartr idges NO TE: In additi on to the informati on pro vi ded in this section , re fer t o the documentati on pro v ided w ith yo ur medi a for mor e infor mati on . Mak e it a practi ce to visuall y inspect y our tape cartr idges w h en loading or r emo ving them fr om your libr ary . T aking a fe w minute s to chec k the condit ion of y our cartri dges w ill lo wer the r isk of oper ation and dr iv e failur es and help ensur e uninterru pted back up . Repeat ed dri ve failur es ma y indicate de fec ti ve t apes. T apes need to be inspect ed and r e placed if the y ha ve been dr opped, damaged , or used w i th a f a iled dri ve . T o determine if the tapes ha ve been damaged: â¢ Gently shak e the tape cartri dge to ver ify that no inter nal par ts ar e rattling , indicating that the y may be loos e . â¢ Look at the tape cartr idge to check f or any ob vi ou s crac ks or other phy sical damage . L ook for br oken or missing parts. CAUT ION: A lwa ys discar d damaged tape cartri dges . If a defec tiv e tape cartr idge is loaded into a tape dr i ve , it may in turn damage the dr iv e potentiall y requir ing dri ve replacement . Reboot L ibr a ry Reboots the libr ar y . F lash Dri ve F rom T ape Do wnloads fir mw are fr om a selec ted tape to a selected driv e. NO TE: The fir m ware u pdate (FUP) tape mu st be in the mail slot befor e beginning this operati on. E ject T ape Fr om Dri ve T erminates an y on -going oper ations in the selected dr iv e, and attempts to eject the cartridge . NO TE: This function should be used as a last r esort to r etri ev e a car tr idge fr om a dr iv e. T able 9 Mainte nance Me nu Option Description
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 93 Do not use cartr idges w ith: â¢ T ape or leaders that hav e been touched w ith bare fingers , as this may tr ansfer oils to the tape head. â¢ Labels u sed on the top , bot tom , sides, or bac k of the cartri dge. Use the la bel slot or r ecess onl y . â¢ More than one label a pplied , as extr a labels can cause the cartri dges to jam in the tape dr iv e. Ultrium Car tri dges CAUT ION: Do not bulk er ase Ultr ium f ormatted car tr idges. T his will des tr oy pr e -recor ded servo infor mation , and make the cartr idges unusa ble . SDL T Cartri dges In addition to the gene ral ins pection listed on page 9 2, you can f ur ther deter mine if SD L T tapes hav e been damaged by doing the f ollo wing: â¢ Visuall y inspect the ta pe fo r a br ok en, unseated , or misaligned tape leader ( Fig u re 7 5 on page 9 3) . â¢ Check the l eader positi on b y pr essing in the do or loc k to re lease the cartr idge door . While pr essing in the door loc k, pu sh the ta b do wn to open the doo r . Be car eful no t to touc h the tape after opening the door . Ensure that the leader is in the correc t positi on ( Fi g u re 7 5 on page 9 3) . Fig ur e 7 5 SDL T buckle leaders R unning a Cleaning Ca r tr idge Use t he Cl ea n D ri ve menu option contained in the Maint enanc e submenu of the Utiliti es ar ea on the fr ont panel display to c lean tape dr iv es installed in HP Stor age W orks MSL Se r ies tape libr a ry . Good Wo r n ( D o N o t U s e )
Maintenance 94 CAUT ION: Onl y per f orm the Clea n D r i v e menu opti on when the libr ar y displa y s a message infor ming you that a tape dr iv e needs cleaning. Ex cessi ve , unr equest ed cleaning can damage the tape dr iv es. CAUT ION: Ultr ium and SDL T tape dri ve s requir e spec ial cleaning cartri dges and data car tr idges fo rmatted spec ificall y for the dr iv e technology . T o av oid damage to y our tape dri ve , it is cr itical to use appr opri ate cleaning cartri dges and properl y for matted data cartridge s. C ontact an HP author iz ed dea ler or sales r epr esentati ve f or cur r ent compatibilit y and av ailability . NO TE: Back up applicatio n softwar e must be compatible w ith the libr ar y autoc lean featur e to av oid r obot command conflic ts. NO TE: HP does not support pre v enti ve au tocleaning operati on. Because the c l eaning cartri dge is abr asi ve , y ou should not use it unless the mes sage âU se Cle ane r â appear s on the fr ont panel display . Ther e are thr e e w ay s to manage the cleaning of the installed tape dr i ves: â¢ Automati cally , b y applicati on softwar e. â¢ Au to ma t ica l ly , by e n ab li n g Auto C lean Mode . â¢ Manually , by selec ting the Clean Driv e menu option fr om the Maintenance su bmenu on the fr ont panel display . A utomati call y R unning a Cleaning Cartri dge Y ou can configur e the library so that it automati cally runs the c leaning car tr idge mode . After a tape dr i ve that needs cleaning completes an unload oper ation , it sends a cleaning needed me ssage to the libr ary . This acti vates an au tomatic cleaning cy cle if the cleaning cartri dge slot has been res e r ve d, Auto Cl ean Mode has been selec ted fr om the Librar y Options menu , and the appr opri a te cartr idge technolog y is loaded . T o confi gure the libr ar y to u se Auto Cl ean Mode , do the follo wing: 1. Re ser v e a c leaning cartri dg e slot . (See â Setting Up a R eserved Slot â on page 41 f or mor e infor m ation .) 2. Enable Auto C lean Mode . (See â L ibrary Display S cr e ens and Options â on page 5 3 for mor e infor m ation .) Manuall y R unning a Cleaning C a rtr idge A cleaning cartri dge ca n be installed and r un fr om one of three locations:
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 95 â¢ The Mail SlotâThis locati on has the ad vantage o f not needing to r emov e a magazine to us e a data cartridge sl ot , or to r eserv e a cleaning cartri dge slot. â¢ A T ape Cartri dge SlotâThis location r equir es remo ving a maga zine to insert a cleaning cartridge in a t ape cartridge slo t, and then r emov ing it after c l eaning . â¢ The C leaning SlotâT his location r equir es r eservi ng the last tape cartr idge slot f or ex clus i v e use as a cl eaning car tr idge slot . The adv antage w ith this method is that the c leaning cartridg e is stor ed in the library and is al way s av ailable for u se. It needs t o be handled only w hen it expir es and needs to be r eplaced. (See â Setting Up a Reserved S lot â on page 41 fo r mor e infor mation .) R unning a Cleaning Cartr idge fr om a Mail Slot 1. Insert a cleaning cartr idge into a Mail Slot (see â U sing Mail Slots (L eft-hand Magazines Onl y) â on page 7 4) . 2. Sele ct the Clean Drive menu option fr om the Ma int enanc e submenu on the fr ont panel displa y . 3. Select Source and then Mail Slot in the Source E lement T ype bo x. 4. Select Clea ni ng . If the def ault entr y is not the tape dr iv e to be cleaned , p r ess Driv e in the Destin ation El ement T ype bo x to sequence thr ough the av ailable tape dri ve c hoi ces . Y ou can also use the Decimal K e ypad to enter the tape dr ive number directly . 5. When the source and des tination entr ies ar e corr ect , select Ex ecute C lean . 6. When the cleaning cyc le completes, the library retur ns the c le aning cartridge bac k to a Mail Slot . T o remo ve the cl eaning car tr idge , select Mail Slot Access f r om the library Status scr e en. R unning a Cleaning Cartridge f rom a T ape Cartri dge Slot 1. Insert a c leaning car tr idge into an appr opriat e ta pe cartri dge slot (Slot 0, for e xample). (see â Using Mail Slots (L eft -hand Maga zines Onl y) â on page 7 4). 2. Sele ct the Clean Drive menu option fr om the Ma int enanc e submenu on the fr ont panel displa y . 3. Select Source . If the def ault entry is not the slot w ith the cleaning cartridge , pr ess Sl ot in the Source Element T yp e bo x to sequence thr ough the avail able cartri dge slots. Y ou can also use the Decimal K e ypad to ente r the slot nu mber dir ectl y . 4. Select Clea ni ng . If the def ault entr y is not the tape dr iv e to be cleaned , p r ess Driv e in the Destin ation El ement T ype bo x to sequence thr ough the av ailable tape dri ve c hoi ces . Y ou can also use the Decimal K e ypad to enter the tape dr ive number directly . 5. When the source and des tination entr ies ar e corr ect , select Ex ecute C lean . 6. When the c leaning cy cle completes, the libr ar y r eturns the cleaning car tr idge back to the tape cartridge slot . T o remo ve the c le aning cartri dge , selec t Magazine Acce ss fr om the library Statu s sc reen . R unning a Cleaning Cartr i dge fr om a Cleaning Slot 1. R eserve a cleaning tape cartr idge slot . (See â Setting Up a Res er v ed Slot â on page 41 for mor e infor m ation .) 2. Install a cleaning cartri dge in a re serv ed slot.
Maintenance 96 3. Select the C lean Driv e menu option fr om the Maint enanc e submenu on the fr ont panel displa y . Note that the Sour ce w indow de faults t o the cleaning slot ( Cln â g S lot 0 ). 4. Select Clea ni ng . If the def ault entr y is not the tape dr iv e to be cleaned , p r ess Driv e in the Destin ation El ement T ype bo x to sequence thr ough the av ailable tape dri ve c hoi ces . Y ou can also use the Decimal K e ypad to enter the tape dr ive number directly . 5. When the destinatio n entry is corr ect , select Ex e cut e Cl ean . 6. When the cleaning cyc le completes, the library retur ns the c le aning cartridge bac k to the cleaning cartr idge slot ( Clnâ g Sl ot 0 ) . T o r emov e the cleaning cartr idge , select Maga zine Access fr om the library Status scr een. R eplac ing a Cleaning Cartr idge in a R es erved Slot A message w ill appear on the fr ont panel displa y w hen the cleaning cartridge has e xpired . Ex amine the libr ary Sta tus scr een to make sur e tha t the cleaning cartri dge has been unloaded fr om the tape dri ve to the r eserv ed slot . If not, then unload it to the mail slot using the Mo ve Media menu option f rom the libr ar y Status scr e en. NO TE: A cleaning cartri dge can be r emov ed and replaced b y remo v ing a ri ght maga zine , or b y using a mail slot in a left magazi ne . R eplac ing a Cleaning Cartri dge in a R ight Maga zine 1. Select Magazine Acc ess fr om the libr ar y Status scr een. 2. Remo ve the appr op r iate r ight maga zine fr om the library . 3. Remo ve the e xpir ed cleaning cartridge f rom the las t tape cartr idge slot . Mark it as EXP IRED , and pr operly dispo se of it . 4. P lace a new c leaning ca rtr idge in the last tape cartri dge slot of a right maga zine. 5. Replace the appr opri ate r ight maga zine. R eplac ing a Cleaning Cartri dge in a Mail Slot 1. Select the Mov e M edia men u option f rom the libr ar y Status scr e en. 2. Sele ct Source and then pr ess Cle an in g Sl ot i n the Source Elem ent T ype bo x. 3. Select Dest ination and then pr ess Mail Sl ot in the Destin ation El ement T ype bo x. 4. Select Ex ec ute Mo ve to place the c leaning car tr idge in a Mail Slot . 5. When the mo ve completes, pr ess the Back button to acces s the defa ult fr ont panel display . 6. Sele ct Mail S lot Ac cess fr om the library Status scr een, and then r emov e the expir ed cleaning cartri dge . Mark it as EXP I RED , and pr operl y dispose o f it. 7. Place a ne w cleaning cartr idge in a Mail Slot . 8. Select the Mov e M edia opti on from the libr ar y Status scr een. 9. Select Source and then pr ess M ail Slot in the Sour ce Elem ent T ype bo x . 10. Select Destinatio n and the n pr ess Cle an in g Sl ot in the De stin ati on E leme nt T y p e bo x. 11. Select Ex ec ute Mo ve to put the ne w cleaning cartr idge in a mail slot .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 97 Updating F ir m w ar e NO TE: B ef ore upgr ading firm war e, be sur e to gener ate a support tic k et using HP Stor ag e W orks L i br ar y & T ape T o ols (see page 9 8) . The r esulting inf ormati on may be helpf ul to y our serv ice pr ov ider in res olving potenti al issues that may hav e prompt ed the firm war e upgrade . MSL S er ies ta pe lib r ari es can be f lashed using HP St or age W orks Libr ary and T ape T ools (L& TT) , the Re mote Ma nagement Interf ace, or the M SL Util.e xe di agnostic utility and diagnosti c cable . Chec king the F irm war e Re v ision Bef or e dow nloading new f irm war e , check y our c urre nt firm war e r ev isions , and compare them to the lates t av ailable r ev isions at http: //www .hp .co m/su ppo rt , or thro ugh L& TT . Y ou can check y our cur rent fi rmw a re re vis i on s fro m t he G U I t o uc h scre e n. Se l e ct Menu > View S ystem Da ta > Library Info . Using the R emote Management Int erface T o update the fi rm war e using the Re mote Manageme nt Inte rface , yo u need a L AN connecti on to the libr ary , or an Ethernet connectio n to the W orld Wi de W eb. 1. Login to the Remote Ma nagement Inter face . NO TE: Se e â Acce ssing the R emote Management Interf ace â on page 80 f or additional inf ormation on sett ing up a nd using the Remote M anagem ent Interface. 2. Click on Fun ct ions . 3. Scr o ll do wn to Li brary Flash O pe ration . Fig ur e 7 6 Updating firm war e using the Re mote Ma nagement Interf ace 4. Select Flash L ibrary fr om Re mote F ile or F lash Libr ar y f rom L oca l F ile (see Fi g u re 7 6 ) .
Maintenance 98 File . Fig ur e 77 Cop ying f irm war e using the Remote Management Interface NO TE: If you s elect F lash Libr ary fro m Loc al Fi le , the *.bin f ile must be copi ed fr om ft p:// ftp.hp .com/pub/ pr oducts/ stor age w orks/m sl to the /upload dir ectory , whi ch is located on the libr ary at the IP Addr ess/upload. The le vel 1 pass wor d may be r equired to pe rfor m this pr ocedur e. Fig ur e 7 8 Conf irming the F lash oper ation u s ing the R emote Management In terface 5. Click Confi rm to start the F lash operati on. T he library fir mw are au tomaticall y updates . 6. The library wi ll r eboot . V er ify tha t the f irm war e lev el has been updated successf ully b y selec ting the Librar y Info button fr om the Vi e w S ys tem Da ta a r e a o f t h e G U I t o vi e w t h e Firmware Re visi on . Using HP Stor a ge W orks L ibr ar y & T ape T ools HP Stor age W orks Libr ary & T ape T ools may alr e ad y be inst alled on y our host . If not, y ou can do wnload it fr om ht tp://www .hp .com/suppor t/tape tools . Online help and instr uctions ar e included w ith the utility . Using a S er ial C onnectio n T o update the f irmw are using the MS L U ti l.exe y ou will need: â¢ MS L U ti l.exe and the pr oper ver sion of f irmw are , available f or dow nload fr om the HP w ebsite at http ://www .hp .com /sup port .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 99 â¢ Cable asse mbly , ser ial RJ11 to DB9 â¢ PC w ith availa ble ser ial port F irm war e F lashing Pr ocedur e 1. Install the MSLUti l.exe on th e PC. 2. Copy the f irm war e image ( *.b in ) into the same dir ector y that the MSLUt il. ex e wa s i ns ta l le d. 3. Connect the l ibrary diagno stic port to the P C using the su pplied cable asse mbly . 4. Sta r t th e MS L U til.exe . 5. Click Conne ct , select the PC s eri al por t that the cable asse mbly is connect ed to , and then c lick OK . 6. Click Do wnloa d > Br ow se . Na vi gate to the direc tor y w ith the fir mw are image *.bin . 7. Click OK . The libr ar y fir m war e automaticall y updates. NO TE: If the flash proce ss does not complete , se lect a low er baud r ate option , av ailable under the Connect windo w , and tr y again . 8. T he library wi ll r eboot . V er ify tha t the f irm war e lev el has been updated successf ully b y selec ting the Librar y Info button fr om the Vi e w S ys tem Da ta a r e a o f t h e G U I t o vi e w t h e Firmware Re visi on .
Maintenance 100
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 101 7T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g This c hapter desc ribes ho w to ide ntify and re solv e the pr oblems that can cause an HP S tor age W orks MSL Se ri es tape library to malfunc tion. Sec tions in this c hapter inc lu de: â¢ Identify ing P latfor m Proble ms , page 101 â¢ Pe r f o r m i n g E r r o r R e c o v e r y , page 10 2 â¢ T r oub leshooting Gener al Proble ms , page 13 5 â¢ Using Diagnosti c Suppor t T ools , page 140 â¢ Running L ibrary Diagno stic T ests , page 141 Ident ify ing P latf orm Pr oblems An incor r ect installation or conf igurati on can cause platf orm pr oblems. In this case , the libr ary appears to be oper ating normally , but no da ta ca n be inter changed , or per f ormance is poor . Y ou also might or might not ge t an er ror code on th e gr aphical user interface (GUI) touc h sc reen . T o identify an err or caused b y this t ype o f problem , check y our installation and conf igur ation setup . See Chapter 2 , â Inst allation â beginning on page 29 f or informati on on how to cor r ectly install and confi gure the library . Gener a l dr iv e err ors usuall y r esult fr om a miscommunicati on between a libr ar y pr ocessor and a t ape dr i ve pr ocessor , dri ve and tape int er a c tion issue s, or a mechani c al malf unction w ithin the libr ar y . Both platfor m problems and gener al tape dri ve er ror s displa y an err or message and a F ault S ymp tom C o de (F S C) on the GUI to uc h sc r een. U se an F SC to r eport err ors to y our author i z ed servi ce pro vi der , or in some cases, t o determine a r ecov er y pr ocedure . The libr ar y depends on se ver al other c om ponents to operate corr ectly . Err ors that seem to be caused b y the libr ar y often ar e a result o f is sues on the ho st , the netw ork cabling , or w i th the appli cation softw are . When trou bleshooting the libr ar y , begin b y ruling out these components . Y our application s oftwar e may need to be reconf igur ed or , in some cases , r einstalled after y ou hav e installed additional dr iv es or slots into the libr ar y . Changing the number of maga zines, number of r eserved slots, or c hanging between SDL T and Ultr ium magazines w ill also r equire c hanges to the softw are . Some applicati on softwar e ma y requir e the pur chase of additi onal ad d-on components and/or licens es when inc reasing the n u mber of st orage slots or dr iv es . Contac t y our applicati on softwar e pro vi d er f or more inf ormatio n, or if ne wly install ed stor age slots a r e dri ves ar e not r ecogniz ed by y our applicati on softwar e. NO TE: The library numbers dr iv es and slots beginning with 0. Y our softwar e application ma y number these items beginning with 1. Be aw are of this differ ence in numbering w hen tr oubleshooting the libr ar y .
Troubl eshootin g 102 Pe r f o r m i n g E r r o r R e c o v e r y Fi g u re 79 outlines the recommended s teps for err or reco very . Y ou should f ollo w this chart in all cases . F SCs ar e listed in Ta b l e 1 0 on pa ge 1 0 3. F or gener al library problems , see â T r oubleshooting Gener a l Pr oblems â on page 135. Fig ur e 7 9 T rouble shooting flo w chart
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 103 F ault S ym p tom C odes (F S Cs) An F SC is accompanie d by a des cripti ve mes sage and instruct ions f or clear ing the f ault. NO TE: If an er ror mess a ge appear s that is not included in Ta b l e 1 0 , wr ite do wn the fault code number and follo w the reco very procedur e . If the same err or occ urs again, contac t your au thori zed servi ce pro vi der . If you did not w rite do wn the fa ult code number , y ou can r etri ev e it fr om the err or log. T able 10 Fa u l t Sym p t o m Co d e s FSC Mes sa ge ERP 0 306 No vr am Update Err or (The f irm war e update failed .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Attempt fir mw are upgr ade. 05 01 Bar code Not Acti ve Err or (The har dw are co uld not detect a bar code r e ader .) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. 09 01 O S Catastr ophic Er r or â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . 09 0 2 OS T ask Ex it Err or (T CP/I P data er r or) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Check the ether net connections on the r outer for the ma ster to slav e(s) communicati on. 0A01 In vali d Ethernet (MA C) Addre ss (The libr ar y âs ethernet (MA C) address stor ed in the non -volatile conf igurati on is not vali d. T he last thr ee octets ar e either 0 : 0 : 0 , o r 255 : 255 : 255. ) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Check IP addr ess. 0A0 2 Inv alid IP subnet Mask (2 5 5 .2 5 5 .25 5 .25 5) (The ether net subnet mask st ored in the non v olatile conf igur ation is no t vali d - 255. 255. 25 5 ) â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensure conf igurati on options ar e set corr ectly . 0B01 P ublic Ether net Open Err or (The libr ar y could not initiali z e the public Ethernet interface) â¢ Make sur e a vali d Ethernet addr ess has been pr ogrammed using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> L ibrary) â¢ Reboot the libr ar y
Troubl eshootin g 104 0B0 2 P ublic Ethernet S et IP Err or (The libr ar y could not set the IP par ameters) â¢ Make sur e a vali d Ethernet addr ess has been pr ogrammed using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> L ibrary) â¢ Reboot the libr ar y 1 00 1 SCSI Fi rmwa re E rro r (Internal S CSI task pr ocessing err or . Une xpected state or har dwar e st atus.) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Check the S CS I cable connecti ons to m a ke s u re t he y are s e cure d . â¢ Make sur e the library contr oller board has S CSI ter mination . 100 2 S CSI FIFO Empty (The S CS I controller dat a FIFO is empty but should contain mor e data bytes .) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Check the S CS I cable connecti ons to m a ke s u re t he y are s e cure d . â¢ Make sur e the library contr oller board has S CSI ter mination . 1003 S CSI FIFO Er r or (The S CS I controller data FIFO should be empty but still contains data bytes .) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Check the S CS I cable connecti ons to m a ke s u re t he y are s e cure d . â¢ Make sur e the library contr oller board has S CSI ter mination . 1004 S CSI Gr oss Err or (T he SC SI co ntr olle r de tect ed a gr oss er r or condition . Invali d SCS I bus phase or DMA err or .) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Ensure S CS I options ar e set corr ectl y . â¢ Check the S CS I cable connecti ons to m a ke s u re t he y are s e cure d . â¢ Make sur e the library contr oller board has S CSI ter mination . â¢ Check ho st S CSI cable and connec tions . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 105 1005 Illegal S CS I Cnt Cmd (E ither an invali d comma nd w as sent to the S CS I c ontr oller , or the contr oller wa s not in the corr ect mode .) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Check that a pplication is certif ied to w ork w ith your libr ar y and has up-to -date patc h es . â¢ Ensure S CS I options ar e set corr ectl y . â¢ Check the S CS I cable connecti ons to m a ke s u re t he y are s e cure d . â¢ Make sur e the library contr oller board has S CSI ter mination . â¢ Check ho st S CSI cable and connec tions . 100 7 SCS I Inv alid Element (Internal S CSI task pr ocessing err or . Inv alid element type w as detected .) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Check ho st S CSI cable and connec tions . 1008 S CSI No P ending Int . â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. 1009 S CS I In vali d Int . (The S CS I controller po sted an inv a li d interrupt sta tus.) â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. â¢ Check ho st S CSI cable and connec tions . 100F S CSI U n -ter minated R esets (SCSI Cont inuo us Reset s Det ecte d) â¢ V er ify that the library S CS I b u s is pr operly t erminated. â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 2004 L oader Not Ready (F ailed to fetc h, s to w , scan, mo ve , pass thr ough, or loader detected in vali d command and aborted.) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 2008 Illegal Mo ve â¢ V er ify the sour ce and destinati on of the mo ve oper ation. â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 2009 Door Open (status only) (Door is for ced open or door sensor fai le d.) â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Select par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Make sur e door(s) are c losed. â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 106 200A Me nu Mode â¢ T ake the libr ar y out of the Menu Mode v ia the backspace using the L CD touch displa y . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 200C Cart Inaccessible (F or an SDL T d r iv e, indicat es the tape is not in the unloaded state . F or an Ultrium dri ve , indi ca te s the tape is not ejec ted . Cartri dge in dri ve is not accessible f rom cha nge r .) â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Select par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensure dr iv e is po wer ed on. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Reacti vat e dri ve using contr ol panel maintenance menu and r eseat dri ve . 200D Dri ve In Err or (A gener al dri ve err or detected b y control task) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. 200E No Magazi ne (Cannot mo ve fr om changer . Element not installed .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Select par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ch eck for mag azin e . â¢ Replace maga zine. 200F R emo val Pr eve nted (Rece iv e medium pre vent r emov al fr om dr i v e f or a fe tc h.) â¢ Attempt t o unload dri ve f r om so ftwa r e . If fails, po wer off unit, disconne ct fr om SC SI bus , and r etr y oper ation . â¢ Inv alid host initi ated operati on. Chec k that applicati on is cer tifi ed to wor k w ith y our library and has up-to -date patches . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Select par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Check f or fir m war e tape in dri ve . â¢ Chec k fo r cleaning tape in dr iv e. â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 107 2 01 0 Ct l. Fir mwa re E rro r (Inter nal task pr ocessing er ro r . Une x pect ed ev ent . SMX send or r ecei ve err or .) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. â¢ Upgrade f irm war e if a ne wer r e v ision exi st s. 203 0 Dr iv e Timeout Er ror â¢ Chec k if the dr i ve sho ws g ood stat us thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Res eat dr iv e. 2080 Dr iv e C ode Update C ommand Err or (Update code f rom S CS I or fr om tape fai le d.) â¢ Make sur e that the fir mw are is the corr ect file for this p r o duct . â¢ Chec k if the dr i ve sho ws g ood stat us thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Attempt f irm war e upgr ade again. 2081 Mo ve C ommand F ailure (Mov e command fr om or to d r iv e s lot failed. Detect ed by contr ol task.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . 2090 Op en Ma il S lo t Faul t (Door open senso r time -out det ected when open door .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Run s ensor tes t. â¢ Make sur e door(s) are c losed. 2091 Open Left Door F ault (Door open senso r time -out det ected when open door .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. â¢ Run s ensor tes t. â¢ Make sur e door(s) are c losed. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 108 209 2 O pen R ight Door F ault (Door open senso r time -out det ected when open door .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Run s ensor tes t. â¢ Make sur e door(s) are c losed. 209 3 O pen Doors F ault (Door open senso r time -out det ected when open door .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Run s ensor tes t. â¢ Make sur e door(s) are c losed. 209 4 Op en DL T Handle F ault (F ailed to open DL T handle .) â¢ Press Enter to clear the message. â¢ C yc le pow er to the library or reboot b y usi ng t he L CD touch dis play â¢ Mak e sure the dr i ve sho ws good statu s thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 20a0 No IP Addre ss Found (SMC r outer f ailed to get an IP addr ess .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Ensure ne twor k conf igur ation options ar e set cor rectl y . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. 20a1 No IP A ddre ss Mode Fa ult (SMC ro uter failed to detect static or IP addr ess mode .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Ensure ne twor k conf igur ation options ar e set cor rectl y . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 20b0 Unkno wn Ex change F or The As ync message (Unexpec ted ex change detected when pr ocess mes sages .) â¢ Press the Ente r button to r eboot. â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot using the G UI touc h scr een . W ait 30 seconds to po wer up again . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 109 20c0 Dri ve In Err or (Contr ol failed to set S CSI ID .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Ch eck SCSI I D se tt ing s. â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 20c1 Dri ve In Err or (Contr ol failed on installed dr iv e.) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Ch eck SCSI I D se tt ing s. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 300 0 M otor F au lt Condi tion (One of the r obot motors has been disabled and could not be re-enabled.) â¢ Press the Ente r button to r eboot. â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. 3002 Picker Tach E rror s (P ick er tachometer errors wer e d etected when c hecking slots.) â¢ Press the Ente r button to r eboot. â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. 3005 P as s- th ru Tach E rrors (Excessive P ass through el e va tor tach err ors.) â¢ P ow er dow n the library using the L CD touch disp lay . â¢ R emov e P ass- thr ough and check connecti ons. 301 1 B in F e tch Fai lure (Loader f ailed to fetc h a cartri dge fr om a bin.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the li br ary (all car tr idges ar e in maga zines). â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 110 3 0 1 3 D ri ve Fe t c h Fa i l u r e (Loader f ailed to fetc h a cartri dge fr om a dr iv e. ) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eboot. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 3014 Dri ve s to w Failur e St o w to dr i ve fai led â¢ Make sur e the dri ve sho ws good statu s thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ T r y loading then unloading the cartri dge v ia the Mov e Media option using the LC D t o u c h d i s p l a y. 3015 Dr iv e Timeout F ailure (Loader det ects unloa d command time -out .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eboot. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 111 301 6 D riv e St atus Fail ure â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 3017 Dr iv e In Flu x Timeout (Time-out waiting f or dr i ve to c lear the fu ll stat us.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 3018 Dr iv e Load R etry Failed (SL T O dri ve fail to load , detected in dr i v e task.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed int he last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 112 3019 Dr iv e Open Door F ailed â¢ Press the Enter button to r eboot. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed int he last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 301A Dr i v e Clos e Door F ailed â¢ Pr ess the Enter button to r eboot. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 301 B D ri ve Co mmu nica tion Error (Intertask send, r e cei ve f ailed.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eboot. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 113 301 C Drive Ge t Ge ne r a l Sta tus F a il (Dr i ve comm unication f ailed .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 301D Dr iv e Get Status 3 F a il â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Contac t suppor t . 301 E D ri ve Unl oa d Fail â¢ Make sur e the dri ve sho ws good statu s thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ T r y unloading then loading the cartr idge v ia the Mov e Media option using the LC D t o u c h d i s p l a y. 30 20 Undef ined Confi g (In loader , une x pect ed conf igurati on , not a 5U or 10U model . In diagnosti cs, in va lid s our ce or des tinati on .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Contac t suppor t . 30 30 Orphan C ar tr idge not sto wed (The loader could not succes sfully sto w an orphan cartri dge to a bin .) â¢ Unload magazine , remo ve a tape , r eplace the magazine , and retry the operati on. 30 31 C hassis S/N M ismatc h. Pr ev ious S/N re ta i n e d (The s erial n u mber sc anned fr om the bar code label does not matc h the value stor ed in non -v olatile memor y .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ No a c tion is r e quir ed. T h is err or is e x pect ed when r eplac ing the controller board . If controll er board w as not r eplace, then contac t suppor t . 30 3 2 Chassis S/N C h ar acter count is not cor rec t (A v alid ser ial number bar code label could not b read .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Contac t suppor t . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 114 30 3 3 Ch assi s S/N did not scan (A v alid ser ial number bar code label could not be read .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Contac t suppor t . 30 34 C hassis S/N sa ve oper ation f ailed (The s erial n u mber sc anned fr om the bar code label could not be sa ved t o non- v olatile memor y .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Contac t suppor t . 30 35 Dr iv e Unload Pre vented (The dr i ve pr ev ented media re mo val bar c ode on cartr idge in dr iv e could not be r ead.) â¢ Remo ve the cartr idge f r om the library v ia the Mov e Media using the L CD touch displa y . â¢ Inspect/r eplace the bar code label if nec essar y . 304 0 Motor F irmw a r e Error (The loade r task detec ted an une xpected status and could not reco ver .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. 30 41 L oader Rece i ved In valid C ommand (The loader ta sk recei ved an une xpected command and could not reco ve r .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. 304 2 Motor F i r mw are Err or (The loade r task detec ted an une xpected status and could not reco ver .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ T urn off po wer t o the library and inspect connectors and cables. 30 50 Mis sing Magazine (In diag , no magazine installed f or diag to run.) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Inser t mag a z ine . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 30 51 No Cartr idges In L ibr ary (No cartridge a vailable f or di ag to run .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Ins ert c artr i dg e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 305 2 T o o M any Ca r tridg es (Unabl e to r un cartri dge or dr iv e cy cle becaus e loader is full w ith car tr idges.) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Remo ve a tape f r om the libr ar y . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 115 30 54 Nee d 1 Dri v e Minim um (No av ailable dri ve t o r un diag .) â¢ Install or acti vate a dr iv e. â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 30 5 5 Memor y Allocation Er r or (Memory alloca ti on err or in diagnos tic .) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot by usi ng the L C D tou ch d isp lay . W a it 30 seconds to po wer up again . 30 5 7 Inv alid Magazine T ype (Unsupported maga zine t y pe detected .) â¢ Upgrade f irm war e if a ne wer r e v ision exi st s. â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Chec k maga zine type . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 30 5 8 Magazine T y pe Change Not Handled (Unsupported maga zine t y pe detected .) â¢ Upgrade f irm war e if a ne wer r e v ision exi st s. â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Check dr iv e type . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 30 5 9 Dri ve T ype Not Supported (Unsupported maga zine t y pe detected .) â¢ Upgrade f irm war e if a ne wer r e v ision exi st s. â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 306 0 Z one Se quence Err or â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot by usi ng t he L CD touch dis play . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 3061 Homing Er r or (Unable to complete Shuttle Homing Algorith m .) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot by usi ng t he L CD touch dis play . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 116 30 5B Diag F etch , Dri ve not loaded (Dia g: no c art r id ge present for fetch .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Load a cartri dge in the dr iv e and retry the oper ation . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 30 5D Diag Timeo ut w aiting f or dri ve em pty , re a dy (F etch , time -out waiting f or dri ve unload.) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . 305F Inval id bin num ber (In vali d bin number detected in diag .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 306 0 Z one Se quence Err or (R obot did not find sens or on po wer -up .) â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 30 7 4 Dri ve 0 E ject F ailed (E ject command time-out.) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 117 30 7 5 Dr iv e 1 E ject F ailed (E ject command time-out.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 30 7 6 Dr iv e 2 E ject F ailed (E ject command time-out.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 30 7 7 Dri ve 3 E ject F ail (E ject command time-out.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 118 30 7 8 Diag get dr iv e 0 status f ailed (F ailed to get dri v e status, comm unicatio n err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 30 7 9 Diag get dr iv e 1 status f ailed (F ailed to get dri v e status, comm unicatio n err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel mainte nance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dri v e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 119 30 7A Di ag get dr iv e 2 status f ailed (F ailed to get dri v e status, comm unicatio n err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 30 7B Di ag get dri ve 3 status failed (F ailed to get dri v e status, comm unicatio n err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Deacti vat e the dri ve u sing the GUI contr ol panel maintenance menu . â¢ Res eat dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. â¢ Load/unload a cartri dge to the dr iv e to veri f y . â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . â¢ Run the cartr idge cy cle diagnos tic t o veri f y . 308 2 Dri ve S tow F ailed, Media R eturned to Sour ce â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Use onl y media a ppr ov ed for the dr i ve ty pe . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 30 83 D riv e St ow Fa i l e d, M e d ia R e m a in s i n Dr i v e â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensure cartr idges ar e in maga zines. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 120 30 84 UnSupported Dr iv e F or Reques ted Oper ation (Unsupported dr iv e type .) â¢ Make sur e the media type used is compatible w ith the dri ve . â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 308 F N o Re tr y O n Fetch /St o w (The loader r etr ied an operati on and re tri e s we re d i sa bl e d. ) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensure conf igurati on options ar e set corr ectly . 3100 P ic k er Jammed (The p ick er jammed dur ing a bin sto w oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 310 2 P ick er Jammed 2 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a bin sto w oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 3103 P ick er Jammed 3 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a bin sto w oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 121 3104 P ick er Jammed 4 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a bin sto w oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the li br ary (all car tr idges ar e in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 3105 P ick er Jammed 5 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a bin sto w oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the li br ary (all car tr idges ar e in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 3106 P ick er Jammed 6 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a bin sto w oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the li br ary (all car tr idges ar e in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 310 7 P ick er Jammed 7 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a pass-thro ugh fet ch oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e are no (all cartr idges ar e in magazines) . â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). â¢ Check pa ss-through ali g nment . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 122 3108 P ick er Jammed 8 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a pass-through f etch oper a ti on . ) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). â¢ Check pa ss-through ali g nment . 3109 P ick er Jammed 9 â¢ Press Enter to r ebo ot . â¢ Mak e sure cartr idges ar e full y inserted into mag a z ines. 310A P ick er Jammed 10 â¢ Press Enter to r ebo ot . â¢ Mak e sure cartr idges ar e full y inserted into mag a z ines. 310B P ic k er Jammed 11 (The p ick er jammed dur ing a dr iv e fetc h oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 310F P ic k er Jammed on Sto w (The p ick er jammed on a sto w operati on.) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 123 3110 P ick er Retri es Exceeded â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot by usi ng t he L CD touch dis play . â¢ R un cartridge c yc le test using the L CD touc h display . (Menu -> Maintenance -> Diagn osti c options) Note: If the back up applicati on is r u nning , update the appli ca ti on car tr idge map . 3111 P ick er Retri es Exceeded 1 (P ic k er r etr ies e xceeded dur ing a pass-thro ugh fet ch oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Check pa ss-through ali g nment . 3112 P ick er Retri es Exceeded 2 â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot by usi ng t he L CD touch dis play . â¢ R un cartridge c yc le test using the L CD touc h display . (Menu -> Maintenance -> Diagn osti c options) Note: If the back up applicati on is r u nning , update the appli ca ti on car tr idge map . 3113 P ick er Retri es Exceeded 3 (P ic ker r etr ie s e x ceeded dur ing a bin st ow oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the li br ary (all car tr idges ar e in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 3115 P ick er Retr action Err or (P ic k er did not r etr act during a b in check oper ation .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 3 200 Shuttle Jammed (Shuttle could not reac h target location .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Check pa ss- thr ough mechanism alignment . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 124 3 300 R otary Jammed (R otary trac k could not r each tar get location .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Ensure cartri dges are f ully inserted in the maga zine(s). 3 301 Shuttle on W r ong Side Of T he R otary (Z one indicator s show that the shu ttle is b a ckw a rd s o n t h e ro t ar y t ra ck d ur in g po wer -up initiali z ation.) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 3 30 3 Shut tle Not Attac hed to Cable â¢ C yc le pow er to the library or re boot by usi ng t he L CD touch dis play . â¢ Chec k cable connections . 34 00 P ass-thr ough Elev ator Jammed (P ass- thr ough shuttle could not reac h tar get locatio n .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Check pa ss-through ali g nment . 3 500 V ertical Elev ator Jammed (V er tical ele vator could not r each tar get location . 10U librar ies onl y ). â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). 5 0 11 All Slots Empt y (Ther e ar e no cartridge s installed in an y of the r eserv ed cleaning slots .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Insert cl eaning cartri dge in re served cleaning slot . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 125 5 0 14 Dri ve Al r e ad y Loaded (Cleaning oper ation f ailed because the dr i v e alr eady has a cartr idge inse r ted .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ If the tape in the dri ve is not in us e, unload the dri ve and r etry the cleaning operati on. 5015 Expired Clean 'g Car t (Cleanin g oper ation f ailed due t o an exp ired c leaning cartridge .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Remo ve e xpir ed cleaning cartr idge f r om libr ar y and discar d. R eplace with ne w cleaning cartr idge. 5016 Not a Clean' g Car t (Cleaning oper ation f ailed because the loaded cartridge is not a cleaning cartr idge .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Make sur e tape in reserv ed slot is a cleaning cartr idge. â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 5035 D rive Tim e o ut E rro r (Cleaning oper ation f ailed because the dr iv e timed out .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 5 03B Mo ve Command F ail (A fr ont panel mov e operati on failed .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 5 03C Clean Oper ation Timeout (Cleaning oper ation f ailed because the dr iv e timed out .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 126 503 D Dr ive St a tu s F a il (Cleaning oper ation f ailed because the libr ar y could not re trie ve dr iv e status.) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 6001 In ter -Module Unkno wn Ev ent (Inter -module communication f ailur e.) â¢ Press Enter to r ebo ot . â¢ Chec k pass-through connec tions . â¢ Chec k network connections to the networ k route r . 600 2 Inter -Module no command matc hing response â¢ V er ify operati on and retry . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 60 03 In te r-M od ul e co mm a nd le n gt h (Incorr ect command length .) â¢ V er ify operati on and retry . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 600 4 Inter -Module loopback buffer mismat ch â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot by usi ng t he L CD touch dis play . â¢R e t r y o p e r a t i o n . 600 5 Inter -Module bad data length (Incorr ect data length.) â¢ V er ify operati on and retry . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 6006 Inter - Module bad pack et length (Incorr ect pack et length.) â¢ V er ify operati on and retry . â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touch displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 600 7 Inter -Mod ule failed to alloca te T CP bu ffer â¢ P ower cycle the lib rar y . â¢ Chec k pass-through connec tions . 6 008 Inter -Module pending t able full â¢ P ow er cycle th e l ibrar y . â¢ R etr y the oper ation. 7 001 Command res ponse from une xpected sour ce â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 127 7 00 2 Contr ol command e xec uti on failed â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 0 03 Con t rol re sp o n se n ot m a tc he d to a k now n comman d â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 004 Loader r esponse not matc hed to a kno wn comman d â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 005 Dri ve r esponse not matc hed to a kno wn comman d â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 006 Fla sh r esponse not mat ched to a kno wn comman d â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 00 7 Dr iv e index on Update S tatus message was inva li d â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 0 08 The Dri ve response was not as e xpe cted â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 009 The opcode f or a W O RD mes sage was unkno wn â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 00A T he opcode for a D WORD me ssage w as unkno wn â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 00B T he button causing library to go offline was u nk nown (A comma nd to take the l ibr ar y off- line w as com p le ted succes sfull y , but the G UI button that initiated the acti on could not be identif ied .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 128 7 00C Destination Xc hg was Null â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 00D Sending of a cmd f ailed â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 00E De ac tiv ating a dri ve that is not attached (The contr ol task indicates that a r equest to deacti vate a dr iv e failed becaus e the dr iv e is not attached .) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. 7 00F Deactiv ation of a dr i ve f a iled (The contr ol task indicates that a r equest to deacti vate a dr iv e failed. R eason unkno wn .) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow â¢ Res eat the dr iv e. â¢ Ch eck c abl ing. 7 010 Dri v e r emov al failed (The dr iv e task indicates that a r equest to po wer -dow n a d r iv e failed . Reason unkno wn .) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 012 Dr iv e is Acti ve failed (The dr iv e task indicates that a r equest to determine if a dr iv e is e xec uting a host comman d failed . R eas on unkn ow n.) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 129 7 0 13 Cont rol Com Un iden tifie d (During a hot s wap , a command res ponse fr om the control ta sk could not be assoc iated w ith any outs tanding comman d.) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 014 Dri ve statu s update failed (The dr iv e task indicates that a r equest to determine the c urr ent state of a dr iv e failed. R eason unknow n.) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 015 Loader co mmand e xec utio n failed (The loader ta sk indicates that a comman d has failed to com plet e succes sfully .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 016 Se quential command e xec ution failed (The s equential task indi cates that a comman d has failed to com plet e succes sfully .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 017 Destination Xc hg for msg . was Null (A ttempted to send a message to a task , but the ar gument ex change pointer w as NULL .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 018 Bad src mod in peg msg (A mes sage was r eceiv ed fr om a remote module , but the module number w as out of rang e . ) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 7 019 P eg message wr apping a N ull msg . ptr . (A peg mes sage has a po inter to NULL.) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C ycle po wer to the r outer . â¢ C yc le po wer t o all libr arie s in a st ack , or r eboot using the GUI touch sc reen . 7 01A Xc hg conv ersion failed (Attempted to deter mine the module number containing the task that is r eturning a command respons e f ailed.) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 130 7 01B In valid L -dri ve number to conv er t (A ttempted to send a command to a dr iv e , but the logi cal dr iv e number is out of rang e . ) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 01C Inv alid P -dr iv e number to c on vert (A ttempted to send a command to a dr iv e , but the phy sical dr iv e number is out of rang e . ) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the library . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 01D Inv alid mod number to conv er t (A ttempted to send a command to a dr iv e in a r emote module , but the module number is out of r ange.) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. 70 1 E U n k n o w n d r i v e t y p e (Attempted to sho w detailed dri ve statu s of a dri ve w hose type is unkno wn.) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 01F The S CS I r espo nse w as not e xpected (The command r esponse f rom the S CSI task in a r emote module was une xpected .) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 0 20 The F las h r esponse was not e xpe cted (The command r esponse f rom the F lash task in a r emote module was une xpected .) â¢ Press the Enter button c lear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 131 7 0 21 S CSI r esponse not matc hed to a know n comman d (A com man d response was r e ceiv e d from a S CS I task, but the or iginal command opcode could not be determined .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 0 2 2 Une xpected state after NonV olC onfi g cmd (A fter succes sfully co mpleting a NonV olConfi gPut command , the c urr ent state of the s av e operati on w as unkno wn.) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 0 2 3 Une xpected st ate af ter S CSI mode cmd (A fter succes sfully co mpleting a S CSIUpdateMode P arameter s command, the c urr ent st ate of the sa v e operati on was unkno wn .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 0 2 4 Une xpected st ate af ter S CSI init cmd (A fter succes sfully co mpleting a S CSIInitCommand , the cur rent state of the sav e operatio n was unkno wn .) â¢ Press the Enter butto n clear the messag e . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . 7 0 2 5 Mes sage is In vali d Map C on ve rsi on Pa r a m e t e r s (GUI Map P arame ters ar e corr upt or in vali d.) â¢ Update the Map using the L CD touc h displa y . (Menu -> Maintenance -> F or ce r econfigur ation) 80 0 1 Ca r tr id ge re je ct re c ove r y fa i le d â¢ Press the Enter button to r eboot. â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good s tatus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 132 800 2 Dr iv e Fan s talled (The f an in the dri ve hot-s wap shoe is either not ins talled or has stalled .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Look f or a dr i ve w ith an amber LED (r ear of libr ar y) to dete rmine w hich dr iv e has the fan issue . If the dri ve is not in us e , take it off-l ine to prev ent it fr om o verheating . If curr entl y in use , end the oper ation immedi atel y , and tak e the dri ve off-l ine . 800 3 Dr iv e load did not complete (The dr iv e f aile d to successf ully load a tape .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ Ensur e the dri ve sho ws good st atus thr ough the dri ve st atus w indow . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . 800 4 Inv alid dri ve w as installed (One or mor e installed dr iv es ar e of a type either unkno wn or not supported in the c urr ent library personality .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Update the fir mw ar e if a ne wer r ev ision exi st s. â¢ Inv a lid u ser initiated oper ation . Set par ameters corr ectly and try again . 9001 Or phan cartridge r ecov ery failed (The mas ter module could not successf ully r eturn an orphan cartridge t o a slot location .) â¢ Make sur e there is one empty slot in a maga zine in the master module . â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. â¢ Check pa ss-through ali g nment . â¢ Ensure that ther e ar e no obstr uctions inside the libr ar y (all cartri dges are in maga zines). â¢ Chec k the tape cartr idge us ed in the last operati on for damage . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 133 9003 Master pass- th ru opto f aile d. (The ma ster module opto sensor was no t detected dur ing the pow er -up P ass-T hrough module inv entor y .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ Run the s ensor tes t, c hecki ng appr opriat e sensor . â¢ Determine i f the pass- thr ough ma y ha ve been plugged or unplugged while po wer wa s on to the libr ar y . â¢ Re initiali z e or po wer -cy cle the mast er it is connected to . Ensur e the pass-through is functi oning b y observing w hether or not the pass-through car mo ves t o e ither end of the pass-thr ough smoothly . A001 SMX send err or (A n attempt to place a message on a taskâs ex change gen er a ted a kernel err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A00 2 SMX recei ve er r or (An attempt to r eceiv e a message from a taskâs ex change gen er a ted a kernel err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A00 3 Comm fr ee list empty (An attempt to acquire a message fr om the fr ee po ol f ailed because the pool is empty .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A004 In valid comm . put attempt (A n attempt to place a message on a taskâs e xchange failed.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A005 In valid comm . get attempt (An attempt to r eceiv e a message from a taskâs e xchange failed.) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A006 Comm initi aliz ation err or (The C omm manager could not be initiali zed at po wer -up because s yste m is out of memory .) â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A00 7 P ut of a NULL comm . â¢ Press the Enter button to r eb oot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 134 A008 M sg contains no comm. (A mes sage obtained fr om the pool did not contain a Comm bloc k.) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. A009 Co mm re turn addr ess is unkno wn (An attempt to r etu r n a com mand response to the origina ting tas k failed because the or iginator could not be determined .) â¢ Press the Enter button to reboot . â¢ C yc le po w er to the libr ar y or r eboot usin g the GUI touc h sc r een. C001 Gate wa y initiali z ation failed (WEB TL C wa s unable t o initiali z e the gate wa y) â¢ Check the libr ar y IP addr ess â¢ Chec k networ k cable connec tions t o the networ k route r . C00 2 Gate wa y T erminate T ime -out (WEB TL C times-out w hen attempting to ter minate the gat e way .) â¢ P ow er -do wn the libr ar y using the L CD touch disp lay . C010 Err or Attempt ing to ex i t Menu Mod e (WEB TL C exper ienced an err or whe n ex iting the Menu Mode.) â¢ P ow er -do wn the libr ar y using the L CD touch disp lay . D001 No W AN IP Addr ess T ag F ound (WEB TL C w as una ble to f ind a W AN IP addr ess .) â¢ V er ify the W AN IP addr ess . D00 2 W AN port disconnected (WEB TL C did not detect a W AN port .) â¢ Check the W AN cable connectio n. F001 Bad Image CR C (The u ploaded firm war e image has a bad CRC and is probabl y corrupt e d .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . â¢ Make sur e the f irmw are f ile is complete and cor r ect. If ha ving diff ic ult y uploading fir mw are v ia FTP , telnet , the web management interface , or TSMC, try using HP S torage W orks L ibrary and T ape To o l s . F00 2 F lash eras e sector f ailed (One of the fla sh memory sector s could not be pr ogr ammed.) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . F00 3 F lash pr ogram s ector f ailed (One of the fla sh memory sector s could not be er ased .) â¢ Press the Enter button to clear the messag e . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 135 T r oubleshooting Gener a l Pr oblems This s e cti on includes inf ormation on tr oubleshooting gener al library pr oblems . F or problems that may be relate d to the host or appli cation softwar e , r efer to the host s yst em doc umentation or the applicati on softwar e instructi ons, and ensur e that the softwar e has the latest patche s. If these pr ocedures f ail, cont act y our author i z ed servi ce pro vi ded for f ur ther as sistance . CAUT ION: C onsult your s yst em administrator be for e c y cling po w er . Ne ver cy cle po wer w hen acti ve de vi ces ar e connected to the S CSI bus or F ibre C ha nnel bus. C yc ling pow er when the S CSI bus or F ibre C hannel bus is acti ve can cau se data loss or hang the host s ystem . F004 Bad fla sh CRC (The f irm war e image pr ogramm ed into flash memory has a bad CRC and is pr obably cor rupt ed. ) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Make sur e the f irmw are f ile is complete and cor r ect. If ha ving diff ic ult y uploading fir mw are v ia FTP , telnet , the web management interface , or L T T , try using HP Stor age W orks Libr ar y and T ape T ools (see page 141) . F005 Flash e xit err or (Inter nal flash t ask err or .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . F006 Incompatible image (The uploaded f irmw are image is not compatible w ith the library hard war e, and is possibl y an older fir m war e vers ion. ) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . â¢ Make sur e the f irmw are f ile is complete and cor r ect. If ha ving diff ic ult y uploading fir mw are v ia FTP , telnet , the web management interface , or L T T , try using HP Stor age W orks Libr ar y and T ape T ools (see page 141) . F40 2 Buffer allocati on failed (The f lash task could not allocate a buffer area to hold the firm war e image to be uploaded .) â¢ Press the Enter button to c lear the messag e . T able 10 Fa u lt S ympt om Codes (continued) FSC Mes sa ge ERP
Troubl eshootin g 136 T able 11 T r oubleshooting General Pr oblems Problem Solution Po w e r L i br ar y w ill not pow er on . â¢ Check all po w er cord connect ions . â¢ Make sur e that each po wer s w itch is on . â¢ Press anyw here on the GU I touch sc reen to acti vate the display and tur n on the libr ar y . â¢ V er ify that the LEDs on the b ac k of the library ar e on and that the fans ar e turning to ensure the libr ary is re ce ivi ng p owe r . â¢ Replace the po wer cor d(s) . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . One of the r edundant pow er supplie s is not functi oning proper ly . â¢ Check the LEDs on the po wer su pplies to identify the one that may be at fa ult. â¢ Check GUI f o r F SC code. â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . No display mes sages appear on the GUI touch screen. â¢ T ouch the GUI s cr een to bring out of sleep mode . â¢ Make sur e the po wer cor d is connected. â¢ Make sur e the po we r s witc hes ar e on. â¢ Check that the LEDs on the bac k of the library ar e on and the fans ar e turning . â¢ C yc le po wer t o the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. â¢ T ry to acces s the libr ar y fr om the W eb using the Re mote Management Interface (see page 7 9) , or through a host-based diagnostics tool s uc h as HP Stor age W orks Li br ary & T ape T ools (see page 9 8) . â¢ Dow nload library f irm war e (see page 9 7). â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . Ta p e M o v e m e n t An er r or message appears after inserting the magazine or loading tapes. â¢ V er ify that ta pes are ins erted corr ectl y in the maga zine . â¢ Ensure that y ou are using the cor rect tape ty pe for y our dri v e techn olog y . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 137 A tape is s tuck in a dr i ve . â¢ C yc le po wer t o the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touc h scr een, and r etry unloading the tape fr om the libr ar y GUI touc h scr een, the R emote Management Interface , or the host appli ca ti on softwar e. â¢ E n s u re t h e ho s t ap p l ic a ti o n s of t wa re i s n o t res e r vi n g the slot or dr iv e . The so ft w are needs to canc el the reservation. I f nec essar y , di sconn ect from the host , po wer cy cle , and unload the dri ve . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . A tape is stuck in the r obotics. â¢ Ru n a V er tical C alibra tion test from the Diagnos tics sect ion of t he Utilities menu . â¢ C yc le po wer t o the libr ar y or r eboot using the GUI touch s cr een. â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . A tape is s tuck in a stor age slot . â¢ Using the GUI touc h scr een, open the appropr iate door , and r emov e the magazine . â¢ Pull the tape out. â¢ Rei nse r t th e m ag azi ne. â¢ If the magazine is damaged , contact y our aut ho ri ze d se r vice p rovider . R obotics ar e misaligned. R obotics w on ât get a tape. T ape/dri ve/r obotics ar e misaligned . â¢ Ru n a V er tical C alibra tion test from the Diagnos tics sect ion of t he Utilities menu . â¢ Ensure that y ou are using the cor rect tape ty pe for y our dri v e techn olog y . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . Media Cannot loa d tape into driv e. â¢ Ensure y our media and f ormat ty pe matches y our dri ve type . A new U ltrium data car tr idge that is wr ite -enabled is re jected by the dr iv e. â¢ L T O Cartridge Me mory has failed or is damaged. Replace the dat a cartri dge. A new U ltrium data car tr idge that is wr ite -pr otected is r ejected in m ultiple kno wn good dri ves . â¢ L T O Cartridge Me mory has failed , and the dri ve has fo und no data to r ecov er . Replace the data cartridge . T able 11 T r oubleshooting General Pr oblems (continued) Problem Solution
Troubl eshootin g 138 An Ultr ium car tr idge that has data wr itten to it and is wr ite -pr otected res to re s ve r y s low ly . â¢ L T O Cartridge Memory has f ailed, and the dr iv e cann ot use the tap e directory i nformation to recov er the data . The data can st ill be r e co ver ed, but ma y tak e longer than nor mal. â¢ Contact y our authori zed support pro v ider fo r mor e inf ormati on. Cannot wr ite to tap e . â¢ Check the wr ite -protect tab on the tape to assur e wr ite -enabled st atus . â¢ Ensure that the appli cation softwar e does not hav e the wr ite -pro tect setting acti vated . â¢ Check the host de vice f ile sy stem access permis sions . â¢ V er ify that you ar e using the corr ect tape t y pe for y our dri v e techn olog y . â¢ Tr y a n e w t a p e . CAUT ION: During the tr oubleshooting pr ocess, do not put the tape in q u es tion into another dri ve , since damaged tapes ca n damage dr iv es. Cannot load the cleaning cartri dge . â¢ Ensure y ou are u sing an appr ov ed cleaning cartri dge for y our dr iv e type . â¢ V er ify that the reserv ed cleaning slot is set up corr ectly and that the cartri d ge is in the cor rect slot . The slot number ing may be affected w hen manually loading a magazine , changing the number of mail slots, or using the def ault numbering s cheme whi ch begins w i th z ero . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . Connec tions Changed the dr i ve S CSI ID , but the ne w I D is not r ecogniz ed b y the host computer . â¢ Check that all S CS I dev ices on the same bu s have differ ent ID numbers . â¢ Re bo ot th e host. â¢ Check f or proper cabl ing and termination . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . T able 11 T r oubleshooting General Pr oblems (continued) Problem Solution
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 139 Host doe s not detect the libr ary . â¢ Ensu r e that the HBA type matc hes the library t y pe (L VDS or single-ended SCS I) and is pr operl y installed and conf igur ed. â¢ Check that the libr ar y is ter minated and proper ly cabled. â¢ Check that the S CS I cable length limits hav e not been e x c eeded. NO TE: SCS I cable length limits are v er y short on a Single -Ended bus . â¢ Ensure that the terminator is compatible w ith the libr ary (L VDS or single -ended S CSI ) . â¢ Check for SCS I ID confl i cts. â¢ Check that the HB A is r e cogni z ed by the oper ating s ystem and pr operl y configur ed. â¢ Check that the appli cation softwar e is compatible w ith the library , and that it has all neces sar y patc hes and updates . â¢ Check that the de vi ce is pr operl y installed and confi gured using HP S torage W orks L ibr ar y & T ape T ools, av ailable fr om htt p://www .hp .com/support/tapetools â¢ P ow er cyc le the library and pow er do wn the hos t. W ait until the library completes its po wer c yc le bef ore po wer ing up the host . â¢ If using F ibre Channel , mak e sur e y ou pow er on the dev ices in the corr ect or der (sw itch , hub, libr ar y , host) . â¢ If using Fi bre Channel , make sur e there is not a z oning issue that is pr ev enting the host f r om seeing the libr ary . â¢ If using F ibre C h annel , make sur e that the r outer sees the libr ar y and/or dr i ves. â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . T able 11 T r oubleshooting General Pr oblems (continued) Problem Solution
Troubl eshootin g 140 Using Di agnost ic Suppo r t T ools This s e c tion des cribes di agnostic tools a vailable to help tr oubleshoot and maintain y our tape libr a ry . L i br ar y P erfor mance HP - UX host responds slow ly , or crashes after connecting to the libr ary . â¢ Check the S CS I IDs of all dev ices on the ho st buss es to ensure ther e are no confli cts. â¢ Check that the appli cation softw are does not r equir e S CSI IDs to be in a certain order . â¢ Contact y our authori zed serv ice pr ov ider . The libr ar y is not eff ic iently backing up data . â¢ Check the network band wi dth fr om the target to the host computer . â¢ Check that the libr ar yâs dr iv es are on their o wn S CS I bus, and not daisy-c hained to another tape dr iv e, har d dr iv e, or other high bandw idth de vice . â¢ Check that the s erver and f ile s y stem ha ve the pr ocessing po w er and memory needed to str eam the tape dr iv e. â¢ Ensure that othe r appli cations ar e not taking up bandw idth fr om the back up server or tar get wo rk st at io n s. â¢ Ensure the server has a fast enough f ile sy stem (i .e. RAI D). â¢ Ensure that the dr i ve is clean . â¢ T ry a ne w tape . A mar ginal tape can cause perfor mance problems due to bad spots on the ta pe, re qu i ri n g ret ri es . â¢ Ensure that the appli cation softwar e is using fixe d - l en g t h re co rd s ( or b l o ck s ) t o m a xim ize thr oughput, and has not de fault e d to a smaller r e cor d siz e . (64K should be suffi cient .) â¢ Ensure that the data is being compr essed , how ev er do not turn on both so f twar e and hard war e compression. (In m ost cases, ha r dw a r e compression should be enabled .) â¢ Check the si z e of the files . Bac king up se ver al small file s can impact perf ormance . T able 11 T r oubleshooting General Pr oblems (continued) Problem Solution
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 141 HP Stor age W or ks L ibr ar y and T ape T ools T o pro vi de continued servic e to our cu stomers , HP pr ov ides the HP S torage W orks L ibrary and T ape T ools (L& TT) softwar e applicatio n. L& T T is a di a gnosti c tool that is desi gned to aid in the inst allation and maintenance of both HP tape de vi ces and ta pe librar ies . L& T T inc ludes se ver al features desi gned fo r use b y both HP stor age c ustomers and tr ained ser v ice personne l. The k e y featur es include: â¢ Diagnosti c tools for tape dr iv e and tape au tomation de vi ces designed fo r simple tr oubleshooting and ver ify ing installati ons. â¢ Multiple options fo r re tr ie ving and updating both the latest f irm war e f or library and dri ves , and the most c urre nt ver s i on of L& TT . â¢ Compr ehensive reports to assist author i z ed service pr ov iders in tr oubleshooting. F reque nt firm war e image updates are r eleased on the Inter net. F or optimal perfor mance , HP r ecommends that you u pdate y our s ystem per iodi cally w ith the latest de vi ce firm war e. L& T T is av ailable for do wnload at no cost f rom the HP w e b site at: ht tp: //ww w .hp.com/s uppor t/tapet ools MS L U t i l The libr ary ships with an RS2 3 2 diagnosti c cable and a flopp y containing the MSL Util diagnosti c utility . A f ter f ollo wing the r ecommended s teps fr om the ERP to r eso lv e any is sues, us e this utility to v erify w hether er r or condit io ns hav e been cor r ected . Fo llow this pr ocedur e until the diagn os tic s softw ar e no longer detects an er ror condi tion. R unning L ibr ar y Diagno stic T es ts Use the f ollow ing pr oced ur e to run inter nal tests of libr ar y f uncti ons. Ta b l e 1 2 desc ribes the se tests . 1. F rom the library Status scr ee n , select Menu . 2. Un der the Util ities ar e a , select Di agnostics . 3. Select the test y ou want to r un. NO TE: Av a ilable t ests ar e dependent on the library model and spec ified u ser le vel .
Troubl eshootin g 142 T able 12 Libr ar y Diagno stic T ests Te s t Description Cartri dge C yc le C yc les car tr idges continuousl y and r a ndomly in bins and mail slots , displa ying a count of the type o f cy cle on the contr ol panel. Pre ss the Start button to begin the test and the Stop button end to e nd the test . Dr iv e C yc le C y cl es cartr idges con tinuou sl y and r andomly in bins , mail slots , and dr i ves, dis play ing a count of the type of cy cle on the contr ol panel . Pr ess the Start button to begin the test and the Stop button end to end the test . Bar c ode C y cle Scans all bar codes continuou sly , listing thos e r e ad and the number of times a full library scan ha s been done. Pr ess the Start button to begin the test and the Stop button end to end the test. In ve ntory Ph ysicall y scans the entire libr ar y to deter mine whi ch slots and dri ves contain tapes and r eads all bar code labels . Sensor T est T ests all the hall effec t sensor s and lists their statu s. V ertical Calibr ation (av ailable in four -dri v e models onl y) Calibr ates the v ertical lifters t o corr ect limits. This tes t is typ icall y used w hen v ertical lifters ar e replaced . Vi ew Err or Log A llo ws access to the err or log to v iew post ed err ors . T ouch Sc reen C alibr ate Allo ws r esetting of calibr ation v alues when the sc reen br ightness is not unifor m. T achometer Diagnosti c This is a f actor y only di agnosti c used to measur e tach ometer motor functi on limits. F ri ction Diagnos tic This is a fac tory only di agnosti c used to measur e fr icti on in the motors f or acceptable limits.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 143 A R egulator y compli ance notices This a ppendi x contains r egulator y notice s fo r the HP Stor age W orks M SL Seri es libr a r ies . R egulator y compliance i dentifi cation n umbers F or the purpose of re gulatory compliance certificati ons and identifi cation, this pr oduct has been assi gned a unique r egulatory model number . The r egulator y model numbe r can be found on the pr oduct nameplate label, along w ith all requir ed appr oval mar kings an d inf ormation . When r equ es ting compli a nce infor mation for this pr oduct , a l wa y s r efer t o this regulat or y model number . The r egulatory model number is not the mar keting name or model n umber of the produ ct. Product specific information: Re gulatory model number : ED1005 FCC and CISP R clas sification: C lass A Contain s fiber op tic transceiv er with a Class 1 la ser . See Cl ass 1 lase r statemen t . F eder al Communi cations C ommissio n notice P art 15 of the F ederal Comm unications C ommission (FCC) R ules and R egulations has est ablished Radi o Fr equency (RF ) emission limits to pr ov ide an interfer ence -free r adio f r equency spectr um. Man y electr onic dev ices , including comput ers , gener ate RF ener gy inc idental to their intended func tion and ar e , theref ore , cov er ed by thes e rules. T hese rules place computer s and related per ipheral dev ices int o tw o cla sses , A and B, depending upon their intended ins tallation . Class A de vi ces are those that ma y reas onabl y be expect ed to be installed in a busines s or commer ci al env ironme nt . Class B de vi ces are thos e that may r easonabl y b e e xpected to be installed in a r esidenti al env ir onment (for e xample , personal computer s) . The FCC r equir es dev ices in both c lasses to bear a label indicating the interf er ence potential of the de v ice as w ell as additional oper ating instructi ons for t he us er . FCC r ating label The FC C rating la bel on the dev ice sho ws the c las sificati on (A or B) of the equipment . C lass B dev ice s hav e an FCC logo or ID on the label. C lass A de vi ces do not ha ve an FCC logo or ID on the label . After y ou determine the c lass of the dev ice , r efe r to the cor responding s tatement . Clas s A equipment This eq uipment has been tes ted and found to compl y w ith the limits for a C lass A digit al dev ice , pursuant to P ar t 15 of the FCC r ules. T h es e limi ts ar e designed to pr ov ide r easonable pr otection against harmf ul interfe rence w h en the eq uipment is operated in a commer cial en vir onment. T his equipment gener ates, us es , and can radi ate radio f requenc y energ y and, if not installed and us ed in accordance w ith the instructi ons, may caus e har m f u l interf er ence to radi o communicati ons. Oper ation of this eq uipment in a r esi dential ar ea is likel y to cause har mful interf er ence, in w h i ch case the user w ill be r equired to corr ect the interfer ence at personal expens e .
Regulatory compliance notices 144 Clas s B equipment This eq uipment has been tested and f ound to comply w ith the limits f or a Class B di gital de vi ce , pursuant to P ar t 15 of the FCC R ules. T hese limits are designed to pr ov ide reasonable pr ote c tion against har mful interf er ence in a r esidential inst allati on. This equipment gener ates, u ses , and can r ad i ate radio f req uency ener gy and , if not installed and used in accordance w ith the instruc tions, may cause har mful interf er ence to radi o communicati ons. Ho we ver , there is no guar antee that interfe rence w ill not occ ur in a partic ular installati on. If this equipment does cau se harmful interfe rence to r adio or tele visi on r eception, w hich can be dete rmined by turning the eq uipment off and on, the us er is encouraged to try to corr e ct the interfer ence b y one or mor e of the follo wing measur es: â¢ Reor ient or r elocate the r eceiv ing antenna. â¢ Incr ease the separati on between the equipme nt and re cei ver . â¢ Connect the equipment into an outlet on a c irc uit th at is differ ent fr om that to whic h the rece iv er is connec ted. â¢ Consult the dealer or an exper ienced r a di o or telev ision techni ci an for help . Dec lar ation o f C onf ormity for pr oducts mar k ed w ith the FCC logo , Unit ed Sta te s o nly . This de vi c e complies w ith P ar t 15 of the FCC R ules. Oper ation is subj ect to the follo wing two conditions: (1) this de vi ce may not caus e harmf ul in terfer ence , and (2) this de vice mu st accept an y interfe rence r eceiv ed, incl uding interfer ence that may cause undesir ed operati on. F or questi ons r egar d ing this FC C declar ation , contac t us b y mail or telephone: â¢ Hewlett-P ack ard Co mpan y P .O . Bo x 6 92 000, Mail St op 510101 Hous ton, T ex as 7 7 2 6 9- 2000 â¢ Or call 1- 2 81-514 -3 3 3 3 Modif icati on The FC C requir es the user to be notifi ed that any c hanges or modifi cations made to this dev ice that ar e not expr essl y appro ved b y Hew let t-P ack ard C ompan y may v oid the u serâs a uthor it y to oper ate the equipment . Cables When pr ov ided , connections t o this de vi ce must be made w ith shielded cables w ith metallic RFI/EMI connector hoods in order t o maintain compli ance w ith FCC Rules and Regulati ons. Canadi an noti ce (A v is C anadie n) Class A equip ment This Class A digita l apparatus meets al l r equ ir ements of the Canadian Interfer ence -Causing E quipment Regulations .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 145 Cet appar eil n umÃ©ri que de la class A r especte tout es les e xi gences du RÃ¨glement sur le matÃ©r iel br ouilleur du Canada. Class B equip ment This C lass B di gital appar atus meets all requir ements of the Canadian Interf erence -Ca using E quipment Regulations . Cet appar eil numÃ©r ique de la c lass B r especte t outes le s ex igences du RÃ¨glement sur le matÃ©ri el br ouilleur du Canada. Eu ro p e a n U n i o n n o t i c e Pr oducts bear ing the CE marking compl y w ith the EMC Dir ecti ve (8 9/3 3 6/EE C ) and the L ow V oltage Directi ve ( 7 3 /2 3/EEC) is su ed b y the Commis sion of the Eur opean Community . Compli ance with these dir ecti ves impli es conf ormity to the follo w ing Eu r o pean Nor ms (in par entheses are the equi valent inter n ational standar ds and regulati ons): â¢ EN 5 50 2 2 (CISPR 2 2)âElectr omagnetic Interf erence â¢ EN5 50 2 4 (IE C61000 - 4 - 2 , 3, 4 , 5, 6 , 8 , 11)âElectr omagnetic Imm unity â¢ EN61000 -3- 2 (IE C61000 -3- 2)âP ow er Line Har monic s â¢ EN61000 -3-3 (IE C61000 -3-3)âP o wer L ine F lic k er â¢ E N 609 50 ( IEC 609 50)â P r o du ct Sa fet y Japanese noti ces
Regulatory compliance notices 146 J a p a n e se p owe r c o rd s ta t e m e n t Ko r e a n n o t i c e s Class A equip ment Class B equip ment Ta i w a n e s e n o t i c e s BS M I Cl a ss A n ot i c e
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 147 T ai wan bat ter y r ecy cle statement L aser compliance noti ces This de vi ce may contain a laser that is c lassifi ed as a C lass 1 Laser Pr oduct in accor dance w ith U .S . FD A r egulations and the IE C 60 8 25-1. T he produc t d oe s not emit haz ardous la ser r adiation . WA R N I N G ! Use of contr ols or adjustmen ts or perfor mance of pr oced ur es other than those sp e ci fi ed h e rei n o r i n t h e la s er p ro d uc tâ s i n st a l la t io n g u id e m ay res u l t in h aza rd ou s ra di a t io n ex po s u re. To re d uc e th e ri s k o f exp o su re t o h aza rdo u s ra d ia t io n : â¢ Do not tr y to open the mo dule enc losur e . T here ar e no user -servi c eable components inside . â¢ Do not operate contr ols, mak e adj ustments, or perf orm procedur es to the laser de vi ce other than thos e spec if ied her ein. â¢ Allow onl y HP Author iz ed Ser v ice technic ians to r epair the unit. The C enter f or Dev ices and R adiological Health (CDRH) of the U . S . F ood and Drug Administr ation implemented regulations f or laser products on A ugu st 2 , 19 7 6. T hese regulations appl y to laser pr oducts manufactured fr om August 1, 19 7 6 . Co mpli ance is mandator y f or p r oducts mark eted in the United States. Rec over y ma rk: F our-in-one recy cling sy mbol Rec over y text : âPlea se recycle wast e ba tte r iesâ å»¢é»æ± è«åæ¶
Regulatory compliance notices 148 Dutc h laser noti ce Fre n c h l a s e r n o t i c e A VERTISSEMENT : cet ap par eil peut Ãªtr e Ã©quipÃ© d'un las er classÃ© e n tant q ue Produit l ase r de classe 1 e t confor me Ã la rÃ©glement ation de la FD A amÃ©r icaine et Ã la no rme 608 25-1 de l'IE C. Ce pr oduit n'Ã©met pas de r ay onnement dange reu x. L'utilisati on de commandes, de rÃ©glage s ou de pr ocÃ©dur es autr es que ceu x qui sont indi quÃ©s i c i ou dans le man uel d'inst allation du pr oduit laser peu t expose r l'utilisateur Ã des r ay onnements danger eux . P our rÃ©duir e le risq ue d'expositi on Ã des ra yonne ments danger eu x : - Ne te ntez pa s d'ouvr ir le boÃ®tier r enfer mant l'appar eil la ser . Il ne contie nt a uc une piÃ¨ce dont l a maintenance puiss e Ãªtr e effectuÃ©e par l'u tilisate ur . - T out contrÃ´le , rÃ©glage ou pr ocÃ©dure a utr e que ceu x dÃ©cr its dans ce chap itre ne do iv ent pas Ãªtr e effec tuÃ©s par l'utilisateur . - Seuls les Main teneur s AgrÃ©Ã©s HP son t habilitÃ©s Ã rÃ©par er l'appar eil la ser .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 149 German la ser notice Itali an laser noti ce V ORSI CHT: Dies es GerÃ¤t en thÃ¤lt mÃ¶gliche rwe ise eine n Las er , der nach den US-amer ik anisch en FD A-Bestimm ungen und nac h IEC 6 082 5-1 als Laser pr odukt der Kl asse 1 z ertifi ziert is t . Gesundheitssc hÃ¤dliche L aser str ahlen we rden ni cht emitti ert. Die Anl eitunge n in dies em Dok ument mÃ¼ssen be folgt w erde n. Bei E instellungen ode r Dur chfÃ¼hrun g sonsti ger V erfahr en , die Ã¼ber di e Anleitun gen in die sem Dok ument bzw . im Installa tionshan dbuc h des La ser gerÃ¤ts hinau sgehen, k ann es zum Au stritt gefÃ¤hr liche r Str ahlung k ommen. Z ur V erme idung der F re isetzung gefÃ¤hr liche r Str ahlungen sind di e fo lgenden P unkte zu beach ten: - V er suche n Sie ni cht , die Abdeck ung des La sermoduls zu Ã¶ff nen. Im Inner en befind en sic h keine K omponen ten, di e vom Ben utz er ge wartet w er den kÃ¶nnen . - Benu tz en Sie das La serg erÃ¤t au sschlieÃ l i ch gemÃ¤Ã den Anle itungen und Hin weis en in dies em Dok ument . - Lass en Sie das GerÃ¤t n ur vo n einem HP Se r v icepartne r r epari er en. A VVERTENZA: A VVER TENZ A Ques to dispositi vo puÃ² con tener e un las er cl assif icat o come pr odotto la ser di Cla sse 1 in conf ormitÃ all e nor mativ e US FD A e IEC 6 082 5-1. Questo pr odotto n on emette r adia zioni l ase r per icolo se. L'ev entuale esec uzione di comandi, r e gola zioni o pr ocedure diff ormi a quan to spec ifica to nella p rese nte doc umenta zione o nella gui da di installazi one del pr odotto puÃ² cau sare l'e sposi zione a r adiazi oni noci ve . P er ri durr e i ris chi di es posizi one a r adiazi oni per icolos e, atte ner si alle seguen ti preca uzioni: - Non ce r care di a pr ire il con tenitor e del modulo . All'inter no non v i sono co mponenti soggetti a manu tenzione da parte de ll'utente . - Non eseguir e opera zioni di co n t r ollo , r egolazi one o di altr o gener e su un dispositi vo las er ad eccezio ne di quelle spec ifi cate da que ste istr uzioni . - Aff idar e gli interv enti di r ipar azione de ll'unitÃ esclusi vame nte ai t ecnici de ll'Assistenz a aut ori zz ata HP .
Regulatory compliance notices 150 Japanese la ser notice Spanish las er notice Re cycl i ng n o t ic es Dispo sal of w ast e equipment b y user s in pr i vat e househ old in the E ur opean Union This s ymbol on the p r oduct or on its pac k aging indicates that this pr oduct must not be d isposed of w ith y ou r oth er househol d waste . Instea d , it is y ou r responsibil ity to dispo se of y our was te equipment b y handing it ov er to a desi gnated collec tion point f or rec yc ling of was te electri cal and electroni c equipment . The separ ate collecti on and r ecy cling of y our wast e equipment at the time of disposal w ill help to conserve natur al res ources and ensur e that it is r ecy cled in a manner that pr otects human health and the en vir onment . F or mor e info rmati on about w here y ou can dr op off y our waste eq uipment fo r rec yc ling, please cont act your local c it y off ice , y our household w aste disposal s er v ice , or the shop w her e you pur chase the pr oduct. AD VERTENCIA: Est e dispositiv o podrÃa conte ner un lÃ¡se r clasif icado como pr oduct o de lÃ¡ser de Cl ase 1 de ac uer do con la nor mati va de la FD A de EE .UU. e IEC 6 082 5-1. El pr oduct o no emite r adiac iones lÃ¡ser pe ligr osa s. El uso de co ntr oles, aj uste s o manipulac iones disti ntos de los esp ecificados aqu Ã o en la guÃa de instal aciÃ³n del p r oducto de lÃ¡se r puede pr oducir una e xposic iÃ³n peligr osa a las r adiac ione s. P ar a ev itar el ri esgo de expo sic iÃ³n a r adiac iones peli gros as: - No int ente ab r ir la c ub ierta del mÃ³dul o . Dentr o no hay com ponentes q ue el usuar io pueda r epar ar . - No r ealice mÃ¡s oper aci ones de contr ol, aj ustes o manip ulaci ones en el dis positiv o lÃ¡ser q ue los a quÃ espec ifi cados. - SÃ³lo per mita re parar la uni dad a los agen tes del serv ic io tÃ©cnico a uto ri zad o HP .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 151 Danish notice Dutch noti ce Cz echolslo vaki an notice Bortskaffelse af affald fra husstande i den EuropÃ¦iske Union Hvi s produktet eller det s em ballage er f or synet med dette sym bol, angiver det, at produktet ikke mÃ¥ bort skaffe s med andet almindeligt hu sholdning saff ald. I stedet er det dit an sv ar at bor t skaff e ka sseret ud styr ved at afle vere det pÃ¥ den komm unale gen b rug sstation, der f ore stÃ¥r genvinding af ka sseret elektri sk og elektroni sk ud styr . Den centrale modtagel se og gen vinding af ka sseret ud styr i f or bindel se med bor t skaff el sen bidrager til be varel se af naturlige re ssourcer og sikrer , at ud styret genvinde s pÃ¥ en mÃ¥de, der be skytter bÃ¥de menne sk er og miljÃ¸ . Yderligere oply sninger om, hvor du kan afle vere ka sseret ud s tyr til genvinding, kan du fÃ¥ ho s komm unen, den lokale gen b rug sstation eller i den b utik, hvor du kÃ¸ b te produktet. V erwijdering van afgedankte apparatuur door privÃ©-gebruikers in de Europese Unie Dit sym bool op het product of de v er pakking geeft aan dat dit product niet mag worden gedeponeerd bij het normale hui shoudelijke afv al. U bent zelf v erantwoordelijk v oor het inle veren v an uw afgedankte apparatuur bij een inzameling spunt v oor het recyclen van oude elektri sche en elektroni sche apparatuur . Door uw oude apparatuur apar t aan te bieden en te recyclen, kunnen natuurlijke bronnen worden behouden en kan het materiaal worden herge bruikt op een manier waar mee de v olk sgezondheid en het milieu worden be schermd. Neem contact op met uw gemeente, het afv alinzameling sbedrijf of de winkel waar u het product he bt gekocht v oor meer inf or matie ov er inzameling spunten waar u oude apparatuur kunt aan bieden v oor recycling.
Regulatory compliance notices 152 E stonian notice F innish notice Fre n c h n o t i c e Laitteiden hÃ¤vittÃ¤minen kotitalouksissa Eur oopan unionin alueella Jo s tuottee ssa tai sen pakkauk se ssa on tÃ¤mÃ¤ merkki, tuotetta ei saa hÃ¤vittÃ¤Ã¤ kotitalou sjÃ¤tteiden m ukana. TÃ¤llÃ¶in hÃ¤vitettÃ¤vÃ¤ laite on toimitettav a sÃ¤hkÃ¶laitteiden ja elektroni sten laitteiden kierrÃ¤ty spi stee seen. HÃ¤vitettÃ¤vien laitteiden er illinen kÃ¤ sittely ja kierrÃ¤ty s auttav at sÃ¤Ã¤ stÃ¤mÃ¤Ã¤n luonnonv aroja ja varmi stamaan, ettÃ¤ laite kierrÃ¤tetÃ¤Ã¤n tav alla, joka e stÃ¤Ã¤ ter v ey shaitat ja suojelee luontoa. Li sÃ¤tietoja paikoi sta, joihin hÃ¤vitettÃ¤vÃ¤t laitteet v oi toimittaa kierrÃ¤tettÃ¤vÃ¤k si, saa ottamalla yhteyttÃ¤ jÃ¤tehuoltoon tai liikk ee seen, jo sta tuote on o stettu. Ãlimination des appareils mis au rebut par les mÃ©na g es dans l'Union eur opÃ©enne Le sym bole appo sÃ© sur ce produit ou sur son em ballage indique que ce produit ne doit pa s Ãªtre jetÃ© av ec le s dÃ©chet s mÃ©nager s ordinaire s. Il e st de votre re spon sa bilitÃ© de mettre au re but v o s appareil s en le s dÃ©po sant dan s le s centre s de collecte pu blique dÃ© signÃ© s pour le recyclage de s Ã©quipement s Ã©lectrique s et Ã©lectronique s. La collecte et le recyclage de vo s appareil s mi s au re b ut indÃ©pendamment du re ste de s dÃ©chet s contri bue Ã la prÃ© ser v ation de s re ssource s naturelle s et garantit que ce s appareil s s eront recyclÃ© s dan s le re spect de la santÃ© humaine et de l'environnement. P our o btenir plu s d'inf or mation s sur le s centre s de collecte et de recyclage de s appareil s mi s au re but, v euillez contacter le s autoritÃ© s locale s de votre rÃ©gion, l e s ser vice s de collecte de s ordure s mÃ©nagÃ¨re s ou le maga sin dan s lequel v ou s av ez achetÃ© ce produit.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 153 German noti ce Gr eek notice Entsorgung v on AltgerÃ¤ten aus privaten Haushalten in der EU Da s Sym bol auf dem Produkt oder s einer V erpackung wei s t darauf hin, dass da s Produkt nicht Ã¼ ber den nor malen Hau smÃ¼ll ent sorgt werden darf . Benutzer s ind v er pflichtet, die AltgerÃ¤te an einer RÃ¼c knahme stelle fÃ¼r Elektro- und Elektronik-AltgerÃ¤te a bzuge ben. Die getrennte Sammlung und ordnung sgemÃ¤Ãe Ent sorgung Ihrer AltgerÃ¤te trÃ¤gt zur Erhaltung der natÃ¼rlichen Re ssourcen bei und garantier t eine Wieder v erwer tung, die die Ge sundheit de s Men schen und die Umwelt schÃ¼tzt. Inf or mationen dazu, wo Sie RÃ¼cknahme stellen fÃ¼r Ihre AltgerÃ¤te finden, erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtv erwaltung, den Ã¶r tlichen MÃ¼llent sorgung sbetrie ben oder im Ge schÃ¤ft, in dem Sie da s GerÃ¤t erwor ben ha ben.
Regulatory compliance notices 154 Hungar ian notice Itali an notice Smaltimento delle apparecchiature da parte di privati nel territorio dell'Unione Eur opea Que sto sim bolo pre sente sul prodotto o sulla sua conf ezione indica che il prodotto non puÃ² e ssere smaltito in sieme ai rifiuti dome stici. Ã re spon sa bilitÃ dell'utente s maltire le apparecchiature cons egnandole press o un punto di raccolta des ignato al riciclo e allo smaltimento di apparecchiature elettr iche ed elettroniche. La raccolta diff erenziata e il corretto r iciclo delle apparecchiature da smaltire permette di proteggere la salute degli individui e l'eco si stema. P er ulter iori inf or mazioni relative ai punti di raccolta delle apparecchiature , contattare l'ente locale per lo smaltimento dei rifiuti, oppure il negozio pre sso il quale Ã¨ stato acqui stato il prodotto .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 155 L at v ian noti ce L ithuanian noti ce
Regulatory compliance notices 156 P olish notice P or tuguese noti ce Descarte de Lixo ElÃ©trico na Comunidade EuropÃ©ia E ste sÃm bolo encontrado no produto ou na em balagem indica que o produto nÃ£o de ve ser de scar tado no lixo domÃ© stico comum. Ã re spon sa bilidade do cliente de scar tar o material u sado (lixo elÃ©tr ico), encaminhando-o para um ponto de coleta para reciclagem. A coleta e a reciclagem seletiv a s de sse tipo de lixo ajudarÃ£o a con ser v ar a s re ser va s natur ai s ; sendo a ssim, a reciclagem serÃ¡ feita de uma f or ma segura, protegendo o am biente e a saÃºde da s pe ssoa s . Pa r a o bter mai s inf or maÃ§Ãµe s so bre locai s que reciclam e sse tipo de material, entre em contato com o e scritÃ³r io da HP em sua cidade, com o serviÃ§o de coleta de lixo ou com a loja em que o produto f oi adquir ido .
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 157 Slo vakian noti ce Slo veni a n noti ce Spanish noti ce EliminaciÃ³n de residuos de equipos elÃ©ctricos y electrÃ³nicos por parte de usuarios particulares en la UniÃ³n Europea E ste sÃm bolo en el producto o en su env a se indica que no de be eliminar se junto con lo s de sperdicio s generale s de la ca sa. E s re spon sa bilidad del u suario eliminar lo s re siduo s de e ste tipo depo sitÃ¡ndolo s en un "punto limpio" para el reciclado de re siduo s elÃ©ctrico s y electrÃ³nico s. La recogida y el reciclado selectivo s de lo s re siduo s de aparato s elÃ©ctrico s en el momento de su eliminaciÃ³n contri buirÃ¡ a con ser v ar lo s recur so s naturale s y a garantizar el reciclado de e sto s re siduo s de f or ma que se proteja el medio am b iente y la s alud. P ara o btener mÃ¡ s inf or maciÃ³n so bre lo s punto s de recogida de re siduo s elÃ©ctrico s y electrÃ³nico s para reciclado , pÃ³nga se en contacto con su a yuntamiento, con el servicio de eliminaciÃ³n de re siduo s domÃ© stico s o con el e sta blecimiento en el que adquiriÃ³ el producto .
Regulatory compliance notices 158 S wedish noti ce Bortskaffande av avfallspr odukter frÃ¥n anvÃ¤ndare i priv athushÃ¥ll inom Europeiska Unionen Om den hÃ¤r sym bolen vi sa s pÃ¥ produkten eller fÃ¶r pac kningen betyder det att produkten inte fÃ¥r slÃ¤nga s pÃ¥ samma stÃ¤lle som hu shÃ¥ll ssopor . I stÃ¤llet Ã¤r det ditt an sv ar att bor t skaff a avf allet genom att Ã¶v erlÃ¤mna det till ett upp samling sstÃ¤lle av s ett fÃ¶r Ã¥ter vinning av a vfall frÃ¥n elektri ska och elektroni ska produkter . Separat in samling och Ã¥ter vinning a v avf allet hjÃ¤lper till att spara pÃ¥ vÃ¥ra naturre sur ser och gÃ¶r att avf allet Ã¥ter vinn s pÃ¥ ett sÃ¤tt som skyddar mÃ¤nni s kor s hÃ¤l sa och miljÃ¶n. K ontakta ditt lokala kommunk ontor , din nÃ¤r m sta Ã¥ter vinning sstation fÃ¶r hu shÃ¥ll sa vfall eller affÃ¤ren dÃ¤r du kÃ¶pte produkten fÃ¶r att fÃ¥ mer inf or mation om var du kan lÃ¤mna ditt a vfall fÃ¶r Ã¥ter vinning.
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 159 BS p e c i f i c a t i o n s This a ppendi x lists the follo w ing spec ifi c ati ons met by HP St or a ge W orks M SL Ser ies tape libr arie s: â¢ Po w e r , page 1 5 9 â¢ Mechani ca l , page 15 9 â¢ Env iro nmental ( All Models) , page 160 â¢ Ac oustics , page 161 â¢ Safety and Regulato ry , page 161 Po w e r Mec hanical T able 13 Po w e r S p e c i f i c a t i o n s Description MSL60 3 0/MSL6 02 6 Specification MSL6060/MSL6 05 2 Specification V oltage 100 to 2 40 V A C, /- 10% 100 to 2 40 V A C, /- 10% Cu rrent 3.0 to 6.0 A 3.0 to 6.0 A L i ne fr equency operating ra n ge 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz P o wer consum ption 180 W (2 t ape dri v es) 300 W ( 4 tape dr iv es) Max imum peak po wer consumption 200 W (2 t ape dri ve s) 3 60 W ( 4 t ape dr iv es) T able 14 Rac kmount Model Mec hanical S pecif ications Description MSL6 030/MS L6 0 2 6 Specification MSL6060/MSL6 05 2 Specification Hei ght 8.7 5 inc hes ( 2 2 .2 cm), nomin al (5U) 17 . 5 inches ( 44.4 cm) , nominal (10U) Wi dth 17 inc hes ( 4 3.2 cm) 17 inche s ( 43 .2 cm) Depth 31. 5 inche s (80 cm) 31. 5 inches (8 0 cm) W eight 61 pounds (2 7 . 7 k g), e stimated (w ith 2 tape dr iv es installed) 12 3 pounds (5 5 .9 k g) , estimat ed (w ith 4 tape dr iv es installed)
Specifications 160 En v i r onmental (A ll Models) T able 15 Operating En vir onmental Spec ificati ons Description Specification Dry bulb tempe r atur e 50Â°F t o 9 5Â°F (10Â°C to 35Â°C) T emperatur e gr ad i ent 1.8Â°F/min (1Â°C/min) T emper ature shoc k 2 7Â°F (15Â°C) ov er 2 minut es W et bulb tempe r ature 7 8.8Â°F (2 6Â°C) R elativ e humi dity (noncondensing) 20% to 80% Humidity g r adient 10%/hr Altitude -1000 feet t o 10, 000 feet (- 305 m to 3050 m) T able 16 P ack ed or Unpac k ed Env ironmental Specif ications Description Specification Dry bulb temper atur e -40Â°F to 140Â°F (- 40Â°C to 60Â°C) T emper ature gr adient 3 6Â°F (20Â°C)/hr (acr oss the r ange) T emper ature shoc k 2 7Â°F (15Â°C) (ov er 2 minute s) W et bulb tempe r ature 86Â°F (30Â°C) R elativ e humi dity (noncondensing) 10% to 9 5 % Humidity g r adient 10%/hr Altitude -1000 feet t o 15, 000 feet (- 305 m to 4600 m ) T able 17 T ransit -- Short T erm Env ir onmental S pecifi cations Description Specification Dry bulb temper atur e -40Â°F to 140Â°F (- 40Â°C to 60Â°C) T emper ature gr adient 3 6Â°F (20Â°C)/hr (acr oss the r ange) T emper ature shoc k 2 7Â°F (15Â°C) (ov er 2 minute s) W et bulb tempe r ature 86Â°F (30Â°C) Re la tive hu m id i t y ( n on co n de ns i ng ) 5 % t o 9 5 % Humidity g r adient 10%/hr Altitude -1000 feet t o 40, 000 feet (- 305 m to 12 ,200 m)
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 161 Aco ustics NO TE: Curr ent va lues f or spec if ic conf igur atio ns ar e av ailable f ro m HP r epr esent ativ es 1 B = 10 dB A . NO TE: Aktuelle W erte fÃ¼r spezielle A usrÃ¼stungsstufe n sind Ã¼ber die HP V ertretungen er hÃ¤ltlich . 1 B = 10 dBa. Saf ety and Regulat ory The l ibrary car ri es the follo w ing Regulatory Agenc y product s afety cer tif icati ons. T able 18 Acousti c No ise Declar ed per ISO 9 2 9 6 and ISO 7 77 9 Sound P ower Le vel L W, A d B Sound Pressure Le vel L p,A m dB A (b ystander position) Pr oduct Idle Oper ate Idle Oper ate MSL603 0/MS L602 6 MSL60 60/MS L605 2 6.4 7 .0 48 48 T able 19 Schallemis sions w erte - W er teangabe n nach IS O 9 2 9 6 und IS O 77 7 9/DIN 2 77 7 9 Schall eist ungspege l L W, A d B Schalldruckpege L p,A m dBA (bediener position) GerÃ¤t Leerlauf B etr ieb Leerlauf Betrieb MSL603 0/MS L602 6 MSL60 60/MS L605 2 6,4 7 ,0 48 48 T able 20 Regulatory and Produc t Safety Certifi cations Description Specification UL Li st ed M a rk U L 6 0950 -1 ( st an da rd fo r sa fet y of in fo rma ti on tech nolo gy equ ipm ent) TUV GS Mark (German y) EN609 50-1 ( st andard f or sa f et y of inf or mation tech nolo gy equ ipm ent third e dit ion)
Specifications 162 CE Marking (Eur op ean Union) L ow V oltage Dir ectiv e , 7 2/23/EE C, Eur opean Union CUL Mark (Cana dian UL) CAN/CS A 22 .2 No. 6 09 50 -1 (s tandar d for saf ety of infor mation technology equipment ) Re gulatory Ser ies ID Numbe r ED 100 5, Class A T able 20 Regulatory and Produc t Safety Certifi cations Description Specification
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 163 CE l e c t r o s t a t i c D i s c h a r g e T o pre vent damage to the s ys tem, be a war e of the pr ecautions y ou need to follo w when setting up the s ystem or handl ing parts. A disc harge of st atic electr ic ity fr om a f inger or other conductor can damage s ystem boar ds or other st atic -sensitiv e de v ices . T his t y pe of damage can r e duce the life e xpectancy of the de vi ce. T o pre vent electr ostatic damage , obser v e the f ollow ing p r ecautions: â¢ Av oid hand contac t b y transporting and stor ing pr oducts in static -saf e containers . â¢ K eep electr ostatic -sensiti ve parts in their containers until the y arr i ve at s tatic -fr ee wor kstations . â¢ Place parts on a grounded surface befor e remo v ing them fr om their containers. â¢ Av oid t ouching pins , leads, or c ir cuitry . â¢ Alw ay s be proper ly gr ounded w hen touching a stati c -sensiti ve component or as sembly . Gr ounding Methods Ther e are s ever al methods for gr ounding. Us e one or mor e of the f ollow ing methods w hen handling or installing electr ostati c -sensiti ve parts: â¢ Use a wr ist str ap connected by a gr ound cor d to a gr ounded w orkstati on or computer chas sis. W rist s tr aps are f lex ible stra ps with a minimum o f 1 megohm Â± 10 percent r esistance in the gr ound cor ds. T o pro vi de proper gr ound, w ear the stra p snug against the skin. â¢ Use heel str aps, toe str aps, or boot str aps at standing w orkstati ons . W ear the str aps on both f eet when s tanding on conductiv e fl oors or dissipating floor mats . â¢ Use conducti ve f ield ser v ice tools. â¢ Use a portable fie l d serv ice kit with a f olding static -dissipating w ork mat . If y ou do not hav e an y of the suggested equipmen t for pr oper gr ounding, ha v e an HP author iz ed serv ice pr ov ider install the part . NO TE: For mor e infor mation on static electr ic it y , or for assistance w ith pr oduct installati on, contact y our authori z ed service pr ov ider .
Electrostatic Discharge 164
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 165 D C onfi gur ation Ex amples This a ppendi x illustr ates potential S CSI cabling co nfi guratio ns. NO TE: Fo r a m o re c o m p reh e n s ive s et o f SC SI cabling conf igur ations , go to http ://www .hp .com /sup port . NO TE: For step-by-ste p inst ructions on ho w to insta ll and configure the librar y , see â Cabling for S CSI C onf igur ations â on page 36. S C S I Cable C onf igur ations Use the follo w ing gui deline s when conf igur ing y our S CSI ca bles: â¢ Use the highest quality S CSI cables . NO TE: Bus err ors caused b y ex cessiv e leng th or po or quality cables can signif icantl y degr a de perfor mance and r eliability . â¢ Eac h of the tape dr iv es in the library , and the libr ar y contr oller constitute a separ ate SC SI tar g et . When an y two or mor e dev ices ar e connected to the same S CS I bus , eac h separate S CS I dev ice must be assi gned a unique S CSI ID . â¢ SC SI IDs are s et at the factory . Use the GUI to uch sc ree n to change an y of the fac tory defaults . â¢ T o connect a libr ar y to a host , the host mus t hav e at least one Wide L VD controller and the appr opri ate dr i ver so ftwar e. NO TE: The Single -Ended SC SI interface has a lo w er per f ormance than L VD S CSI , a nd also has shorter cable requir ements. â¢ F or optimal perf ormance , do not attach mor e than t w o dri ves per S CSI bus . NO TE: One dr iv e per bus is HPâs recommended conf igurati on. T w o dri ves per bu s is an acceptable conf igurati on for SDL T 1 and 2 .
Configuration Examples 166 C onf igur ation Ex amples Fig ur e 80 MSL60 30/MSL6 0 2 6, 2 ho sts/2 dr i ves Fig ur e 81 S ingle M SL6060/M S L6 05 2 , 4 hosts/4 dri ves 1 SCSI Ter mi na t or 2 0. 5 m cable (to libr ar y contr oller car d) 3 Ho st cable (Bus 1, to host sy stem) 4 Ho st cable (Bus 0, to host sy stem) 1 SCSI Ter mi na t or 2 0. 5 m cable (to libr ar y contr oller car d) 3 Host cab le (Bu s 1, to host system) 4 Ho st cable (Bus 3, to host sy stem) 5 Host cabl e (Bus 2 , to host system) 6 Ho st cable (Bus 0, to host sy stem) 2 1 6 5 4 1 1 1 3
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 167 E Opti onal F ibr e Channel Car d The optional F ibre Channe l car d enable s connecti vity between M SL Ser ies ta pe libr arie s and F ibre Channel bas ed Stor age Ar ea Net w orks (S ANs) . This allo ws the libr ari es to be attached to a Swi t ch e d Fa b ri c. This appendix incl udes the f ollo w i ng se cti ons: â¢ Host Pr erequisites , p age 16 7 â¢ Connector s and Indicators , pa ge 16 8 â¢ Con figuration , page 16 9 Hos t Pr er equisites T o use F ibre Channel , chec k the host f or the follo wing: â¢ F i br e Channel back up softwar e, hos t interface adapters, and as soc iated de v ice dr iv ers. â¢ Host that acts as an initi ator using the F ibr e Channel contro ller to communi cate with F ibre Channel S CSI tar get de v ice s. â¢ Back up application soft w are w ith robu st err or reco very . F ibr e Channel is an open s y stem , similar to L AN. C onsequently , F ibre Channel is sub ject to data flow inter ruptions f rom po wer cy cling , connecti ons, dis connections, and E SD charge s. NO TE: For a complete list of pr er equisites and suppo rted confi gurati ons, contact y our HP sales re pre se n ta t ive.
Optional Fibre Channel Card 168 C onnect or s and Indicat ors Fi g u re 82 sho ws the connect ors and indi cators f or the optional F ibre C hannel boar d. Fig ur e 82 Co nnector s and indi cator s NO TE: The F ibr e Channel board ser ial cable is not the same as the library contr oller board s er ial cable . The ser ial pinouts ar e differ ent for each boar d, r equiring diff erent cables . IMP OR T ANT : The F ibre Channel car d can be re set b y using a paper clip or other stur dy tool to push the r eset sw itch sho wn abo ve the P ow er LED in Fi g u re 82 . Po w e r I n d i c a t o r The F ibre C hannel car d has one po wer LED X . LED definiti ons: â¢ Green - po wer ha s been applied â¢ Y ello w - PO S T is in pr ocess or pr ocess or proble ms pre sent Ser ial P ort The F ibre C hannel car d has one ser ial port Y . The ser ial port can be us ed to acce ss the Seri al/T elnet user interface , whic h is us ed to lo cally manage and conf igure the F ibre C hannel card . 1 Pow e r L E D 2 Ser ial RJ-11 connector 3 E ther net RJ-4 5 conne ct or 4 F i br e Channel acti vity LED 5 F ibre Channel link LED 6 FC-L C connector 7 S CS I VHDCI connector (2) Fibre Channel LVD/SE SCSl 0 1 Ethernet Serial Pwr. Link/ Act 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 !
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 169 Ether net P ort The F ibre Channel card has one Ethernet port Z . LED de f initi ons: â¢ Acti vity - ther e is port activ ity â¢ Link - a v alid Ethernet link e xis ts F ibre C hannel P ort The F ibre C h annel car d has one F ibr e Channel port ] . LED defini tions: â¢ Green ( A CT) - F ibre C hannel port acti v ity [ â¢ Green (LINK ) - a v alid F ibr e Channe l link ex ists \ S CS I VHDCI C onnecto rs The F ibre Channel car d has two S CSI VHDCI connec tors . A green LED indi cates acti vity on the corr esponding port . Con figu r at io n F or detailed confi gurati on infor mation , r ef er to the HP St orage W orks Network St or ag e R outer User Guide av ailable on the MSL Ser ies tape libr ar y doc umentation CD , or on the HP webs ite at: http ://www .hp .com /sup port . Bef or e at tempting to conf igur e the F ibre Channel boar d, a basi c under standing of F ibre Channel and S CSI de v ices is r ecommended . F or info rmati on on S CSI st andards , re fer to publicati ons fr om X3T10 committee of ANS I (A mer ican Nati onal S tandards Ins titute). F or more inf ormation on F ibr e Channel standar ds, r efer to publi cations fr om the X3T11 commit tee o f ANS I. T o purc hase appr ov ed Amer ican National S tandar ds and T echni ca l R epor ts, cont act ANS I at (212)64 2 - 4 900. Def ault Ethernet S et tings The basi c factory def ault values ar e: â¢ IP addres s: ht tp://1.1.1.1/ â¢ S u b n e t m a s k : 255. 255. 255.0 â¢ Gatew ay addr ess: 0. 0. 0.0 â¢ User name: root â¢ P assw o r d: p ass word HP r ecommends that you c hange these values f rom the def aults. All settings w ithin the configur ation ar e pr e -set w i th def ault values . These v alues are set to allo w the F ibre Ch annel car d into most HP en vir onments w i th little or no conf igur ation c hanges. After c hanging the basic def ault v alues list ed abov e, car efull y consider an y additional confi guration cha ng es. After the initi al conf igurati on is established , HP re commends backi ng up the confi gurati on to an e xternal f ile vi a the FTP file tr ansfer pr otocol opti on. If needed , dur ing a reco very pr ocess, this f ile can be res tor e d back onto the r outer .
Optional Fibre Channel Card 170 C onf igur ation Ex amples Fig ur e 83 MS L6030 /MS L602 6 sta nd al on e 1 S CSI cable 2 Ter m i n a t o r 3 FIbr e cable 2 2 1 1 1 3 109 98
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 171 Fig ur e 84 MSL6060/M SL605 2 standalone 1 S CSI cable 2 Ter m i n a t o r 3 Fib re C a b l e 1 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 109 99
Optional Fibre Channel Card 172
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 173 Inde x A abort move status 66 acoustic s pecs 161 audience 11 authorized resell er, HP 13 auto power-up 61 B bar code 76, 77 label assignment 62 check digit 62 labels 75 reader 23 base address 65 bus ID 64 bus parity 64 C cable configuration 36 2 tape drives, 1 host 37 2 tape drives, 2 hosts 38 SCSI 165 SCSI examples 166 Canadian notice 144 card cage 25 cartridge map 68 CISPR classification 143 Class 1 laser 143 Class A device 143 cleaning cartridge automatic 94 cleaning slot 95 mail slot 95 mail slot, replacing 96 manual 94 replacing 96 reserved slot 96 right magazine, replaci ng 96 running 93 clip nuts 32 controller wide LVD/SE 37 conventions document 12 text symbols 12 D data speed transfer 67 Declaration of Conformity 144 device capability page length 65 diagnostics 71 library and tape tools 98 library tests 141 Disposal of waste equipme nt, European Union 150 DNS server 68 document conventions 12 documentation, HP web site 11 door open response 66 doors 33 magazine 49 mechanical releases 50 open for installation 33 drive and slot numbering 62 E edit options 59, 68 electronic s controller ca rd 23 electrostatic discharge 163 environmental specs 160 error recovery procedures 102 errors post recovered 65 European Union notice 145 F fasteners 31 fault symptom codes 103 FCC notice 143 rating label 143
174 FCC classification 14 3 fibre channel board described 26 location 26 fibre channel card configuration examples 170 configuring 169 Ethernet settings 169 firmwa re updating 97 upgrade requirements 98 front panel 49 FSCs 103 G grounding methods 163 GUI touch screen 26 , 51 H help, obtaining 13 host system 53 HP authorized resell er 13 storage web site 13 Subscriberâs choice web site 13 I illustrated applying power 36 attaching a bar code 76, 77 attaching a bar code label to an SDLT/DLT tape cartridge 78 cable configuration 37, 38 card cage 26 controller board 24 front panel 27, 49 indicators 51 installing the library 33 installing the rails 32 left magazine mail slot 75 left tape magazine 74 magazines 21 mechan ical rel eases 50 power supply 22 PTM mounting location 28 removing magazines 73 reserved slot locations 42 , 43, 44, 45 robotics 23 securing the library 34 tape drive locations 17 template 31 troubleshooting flow chart 102 import/export element base address 65 indicators front panel 26 library 51 init element status 65 initialization screen 53 initiate wide data tr ansfer negot iation 66 installing rails 32 installing the library 33 J Japanese notices 145 K Korean notices 146 L labels, bar code 75 laser compliance 147 latch mechanism 33 LCD contrast adjust 62 LCD contrast controls 57 library components tape cartridges 20 display screens and options 53 library and tape tools 98 library info 68 library mode 62 library options 60 library status LED 26 library systems multi unit 27 locks 51 M magazines 21 door mechanical releases 50 doors 49 inserting cartridges 74
MSL6000 series tape library user guide 175 removing 73 mail slot access 74 holder 75 mode 62 using 74 maintenance 71 mechan ical spec s 159 menu option 59 selections 60 mixed media 17 models 15 N network options 67 O offline 61 online 59 options edit 68 network 67 , 70 passwords 70 SCSI 63 , 69 P Pass-Through Mechanism (PTM) 23 password levels 52 option 70 PCI slots 25 post recovered errors 65 power supply 22 , 35 power switch 35 product identification 65 PTM and robotics 27 R rackmount model 30 regulatory compliance identification numbers 143 notices 143 regulatory model number 143 reserved slots 61 locations 42 , 43 , 44 , 45 numbering 42 setting up 41 retaining screws 33 robotics 25 , 27 S safety specs 161 screen diagnostics 71 drive 0 bus 0 data field 41 drive 0 bus ID 40 edit library options 69 edit network options 70 edit passwords options 70 edit SCSI options 69 initialization 53 magazine access 56 mail slot access 55 maintenance 71 menu 60 move media 57 power-down confir mation message 58 reserved slots numeric keypad 46 SCSI ID confirmation 41 SCSI option selection 40 security level 72 status 58 technical support information 55 total reserved slots 45 total reserved slots confirmation 46 view library info 68 view library options 61 view network options 67 view SCSI options 63 SCSI bus IDs 64 bus parity 64 cable configuration examples 166 cable configurations 36 IDs 37 IDs, setting 39 options 63 securing the library 34 security level 72 set up network 47
176 rackmount model 30 reserved slots 41 setting a SCSI ID 39 shielded cables 144 slide rails 30 , 34 inner 32 intermediate 32 specifications acoustics 160 , 161 environmental 160 mechan ical 159 power 159 safety 161 status screen 58 storage element base address 65 Subscriberâs choice, HP 13 symbols in text 12 T tabletop model converting to rackmount 29 , 35 Taiwanese notices 146 tape alert mode 66 tape cartridges inserting and removing 72 mixed media 17 requirements 75 tape drives 18 location 16 LTO Ultrium 17 mixed media 17 SDLT 17 template 30 , 31 , 34 test unit ready reporting 65 text symbols 12 transfer element base address 65 transport element base address 65 troubles hooting error recovery 102 fault symptom codes 103 flow chart 102 platform problems 101 troubleshoot ing flow chart 102 U unit attention reporting 64 unload mode 61 utilities 70 diagnostics 71 factory 72 maintenance 71 security level 72 V vendor identification 65 view system data 59, 60 viewing window 26 W warning PTM 27 rack enclosure 32 web sites HP documentation 11 HP storage 13 HP Subscriberâs choice 13
Fi g u r e s 1 Library tape drive locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 2 HP Ultrium 960 format trademark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3 Library mag azines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 4 Library po wer supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 5 Library rob otics (top cover removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 6 Library co ntroller board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4 7 Library co ntroller board connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 8 Library card cages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 9 Library fro nt panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 7 10 Library PTM mou nting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 11 Converting a tabletop model (four-drive model sh own) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 12 Library template (10000 rack enclos ure shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 13 Installing the rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 14 Installing the lib rary (two-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 15 Securing the library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 4 16 Converting a rackmount model (two-drive model sh own). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 17 Applying power to the library (f our-drive rackmounted library shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6 18 MSL6030/MSL6026 library SCSI cab le configuration (two tape driv es, dual host sy stem) . . . . 37 19 MSL6060/MSL6052 library SCSI ca b le configuration (four tape driv es, dual host system) . . . . 3 8 20 SCSI optio n selection screen (two -drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 21 Drive 0 bus ID screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 22 SCSI ID confirmation screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 23 Drive 0 bus ID data field screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 24 Reserve d slot locations, SDLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 25 Reserve d slot locations, Ultrium (M SL6030) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 26 Reserve d slot locations, low er module, SDLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 27 Reserve d slot locations, low er module, Ultrium (MSL6060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5 28 Total res erved slots screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 29 Reserve d slots numeric keypa d screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 30 Total res erved slots confirmation screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 31 IP address determination screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 32 User -specified IP address screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 33 Fixed IP address screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8 34 Library front pa nel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 9 35 Magazine door mechanical releases (emergency a ccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 0 36 Library indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 37 Passwo rd levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 2 38 Initialization s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 39 Library status screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 40 Technic al support information scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 41 Mail slot ac cess screen (four-drive mode l shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 42 Magazine access screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 43 Move media screen (two-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 44 Power-dow n confirmation message scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 8 45 Status s creen (four-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 46 Cartridge map screen (two-drive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
47 Menu screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 0 48 View library options screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 49 View SCSI options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 50 Default view ne twork options screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 51 View library info screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 52 Edit library o ptions screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 53 Edit SCSI options screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 54 Edit netw ork options scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 55 Edit pas swords options scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 56 Maintenance s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 57 Diagno stics screen (four-d rive model shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 58 Security level screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 2 59 Remo ving tape cartridge magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 60 Inserting a tape cartridge (left-hand magazine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 61 Left-hand ma gazine mail slot (two-drive model show n) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 62 Attaching a bar code label to an Ultrium ta pe cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 63 Prope r Ultrium bar code label placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7 64 Attach ing a bar code label to an SDLT tape cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8 65 Remo te Management Interface login screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 66 Remo te Management Interface main scre en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 67 Status s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 68 Move media screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 69 Setup s creen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 70 Library config uration screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 71 SCSI co nfiguration screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 72 Drive co nfiguration screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 73 Functions screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 7 74 History screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 75 SDLT buc kle leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 76 Updating firmware using th e Remote Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 77 Copying firmwa re using the Remote Manageme nt Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 78 Confirming the Flash operation using the Remote Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 79 Troubles hooting flow chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 80 MSL60 30/MSL6026, 2 hos ts/2 drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 81 Single MSL 6060/MSL6052, 4 hosts/4 drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 82 Connec tors and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 83 MSL60 30/MSL6026 standalon e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 0 84 MSL60 60/MSL6052 standalon e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1

Ta b l e s 1 Document conventio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2 Ultrium Tape Drive Capacity and Data Transfer Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3 SDLT Tape Drive Capacity and Data Transfer Ra te . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 4 Library Status LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 5 View Library Op tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 6 View SCSI Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 7 View Network Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 8 Media Label Identifie rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 9 Maintenance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1 10 Fault Symptom Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03 11 Troubleshooting Gene ral Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 12 Library Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 13 Power Specificatio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 9 14 Rackmount Model Mechanical Sp ecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 15 Operating Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 16 Packed or Unpacked Env ironmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 17 Transit -- Short Term Environmenta l Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 18 Acoustic Noise Declared per ISO 9296 and ISO 7779 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 19 Schallemis sionswerte - Wertea ngaben nach ISO 9296 und ISO 7779/DIN 27779 . . . . 161 20 Regulatory and Product Safety C ertifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 61